Sei sulla pagina 1di 216

Version 3.

Greengate Product Selection Guide


Lighting Control for Energy Management

he purpose of this guide is to provide you the detailed information required to specify Greengate energy management products on your project.

This guide has been divided into the following sections for ease of use: Lighting Control Panels, Occupancy Sensors, Daylighting Controls, Glossary and Catalog Number Index. We are committed to offering the most reliable, easy-to-install, energyefficient lighting control solutions on the market. Our high product standards and exceptional customer service will return impressive energy and time-saving rewards on your project. Thank you for your business, Cooper Controls

Cooper Controls Presents Greengate


Cooper Controls, a business unit of Cooper Lighting, has combined the energy management expertise of PCI Lighting Control Systems, with innovative sensor technology from Novitas, expertise in addressable ballast and digital control technologies of ALC Lighting Controls, and the global reach and resources of Cooper Industries to create Greengate lighting control solutions. These lighting control products unite energy-saving and maintenance free technology, the longest warranty in the industry, and a simplified five (5) step specification process. Greengate lighting controls are cost-effective energy management solutions for commercial, industrial and institutional projects.

Greengate lighting controls make energy management easy.

Why Greengate Energy Code Compliance Lighting Control Strategies Lighting Control Panels Occupancy Sensors Daylighting Controls Patient Room Controls Venergy Advanced Metering Systems International 230 V Market Catalog Number Index

p. 2, 3 p. 4 p. 6 p. 8 p. 84 p. 164 p. 180 p. 188 p. 208 p. 212

Why Greengate Lighting Controls?

Lighting can account for over 40% of the total energy consumed daily by commercial, industrial, or institutional buildings. When trying to improve the energy efficiency of a project, lighting control is an ideal place to start. Lighting control can offer more than energy savings. Combine energy savings with simplified specification and easy installation, low cost of ownership, the best value, and exceptional customer service. That is a solution - a Greengate solution.

Easy to Specify
Incorporate energy saving lighting control or metering systems into buildings quickly, easily, and accurately. Greengate lighting control solutions are comprised of a full line of occupancy sensors, lighting control panels sized from 2 to 48 circuits that operate with digital or analog controls and interface with building automation systems, as well as, daylighting controls, power metering, and emergency load control. This versatile product line ensures that there is a Greengate solution for any size and type of project. It is easy to create Greengate lighting control systems. All Greengate lighting control panels, sensors, and wallstations are designed to work together, without interfaces or compatibility issues. Simply select the individual products needed by the space from this guide to create the desired lighting control system. Greengate solutions make specification for energy management simple and straightforward. All lighting control panels and sensors work together without interfaces Use the Automation Interface Module (AIM) to communicate to any building system protocol Real-time power metering per relay (CKM/CKMB models) Short Circuit Rating (SCCR) of 25,000 at 277 VAC (CKM/CKMB models)

Low Cost of Ownership


Select lighting controls that are easy and cost-effective to own year after year after year. Greengate energy management products are installed using common wiring practices, built to last and backed by the industry-leading 10 year relay card warranty. This minimizes labor, maintenance, and replacement costs throughout the life of the building. Beyond product reliability, Greengate solutions ensure that the space operates as efficiently as possible. Industry-exclusive learning sensors automatically adapt to the needs of the space, eliminating the need to manually correct the sensitivity. Relay panels automatically sense new or replaced relay cards and reprogram the panel accordingly. These technologies save time, money, and energy often spent making system adjustments needed both initially and as the space evolves. Industry-leading 10 year relay card warranty Learning sensors automatically adjust sensitivity, without reducing coverage Easy keypad or touchscreen programming navigation Fast and convenient upgrade options

Best Value
Specify lighting control systems that provide the best value on a project. Equipping a building with Greengate solutions adds over 200 years of energy management expertise and patented technology, assembled by a world-class manufacturing organization into the building systems infrastructure. With over 300 manufacturing and distribution facilities around the world, Cooper Controls uses the latest technologies, products, and manufacturing capabilities and delivers the savings and quality to the customer. Greengate lighting control systems offer more expertise, more support, and more technology at a very competitive price. 200 years of combined energy management experience 300 manufacturing and distribution facilities 50+ factory-trained commissioning experts A member of Cooper Industries

Exceptional Customer Service


Partner with a company dedicated to customer satisfaction and support. From the design team, to the distributor, the building owner, or end user, Cooper Controls is committed to meeting the needs and expectations of each of its customers. Greengate energy management systems are supported from specification through the life of the building with webbased specification tools, free lifetime technical support, web-based and phone diagnostics, and an industry-leading 10 year relay card warranty. Web-based specification tools Free lifetime technical support Internet/phone remote diagnostics Industry-leading 10 year relay card warranty

Why Greengate
3

Energy Code Compliance

Energy costs and consumption continue to rise in the United States. As a result, reducing energy waste with lighting control is now required by many federal, state, and local energy codes. While each state may adopt its own energy code regulations, they must each be at least as stringent as the ASHRAE 90.1-2004 guidelines summarized on the next page. Minimally, the lighting control in the building must comply with the energy codes regulating each project. The first step in compliance is to identify the applicable energy code. The map below illustrates the energy codes adopted by each state.

Meets 2009 IECC/ASHRAE 90.1-2007

Meets or exceeds 2006 IECC/ASHRAE 90.1-2004

Meets 2003 IECC/ASHRAE 90.1-2001

Meets 2001 IECC/ASHRAE 90.1-1999

Meets ASHRAE 90.1-2004 with Amendments

No Statewide Code

Signicant adoptions in jurisdiction or mandatory for state owned buildings

Here are the minimal requirements for lighting control as regulated by ASHRAE 90.1- 2004.

Every building over 5,000 square feet must be able to automatically turn lights OFF. Specific building spaces such as college classrooms, conference/meeting rooms, and employee lunch/breakrooms must use occupancy sensor control. Every enclosed area must have independent control over the general lighting. The local control cannot override the automatic shut-off for more than four hours. Exterior lighting must be controlled by a photosensor or an astronomic timeclock.

Is the space an interior or exterior space?

Interior

Is the space a college classroom, a conference/meeting room or an employee lunch/break room? Exterior No Yes

Is building greater than 5,000 sq.ft.?


Requires Occupancy Sensor Control 30 minute max. time delay Yes No

Select Automatic Shut-off method

Select Control Method Areas that are slated as dusk/dawn lighting control may use a photosensor or astronomic clock for control Areas without a dusk/dawn designation should use astronomic clock for control.

Time Schedule Independent schedule for each 25,000 sq.ft. area or each floor

Occupancy Sensor 30 minute maximum time delay

Other System Signal Alarm system or other signal indicating facility is not occupied

Provide Space Control Device For each ceiling height partitioned space Maximum controlled area is: - 2,500 sq.ft. if space is < 10,000 sq.ft. - 10,000 sq.ft. if space is > 10,000 sq.ft. Must be able to override automatic shut-off control, but not for more than four hours (not applicable to occupancy sensors) Must be accessible and located so controlled lighting is visible to the occupant

Comply with all other provisions of ASHRAE 90.1 - 2004 item 9

Energy Code Compliance


5

Evaluate the Space

The lighting control provisions required by energy codes reduce energy waste. Lighting controls can easily eliminate energy waste by improving the fit between the light provided by the building and the light needed by the employees or occupants. Significantly improve the energy efficiency of the building by identifying the different rooms in the building and the different lighting control needs of each.

Occupancy Sensing Fits areas that are not constantly occupied. Use wall, fixture, or ceiling-mounted sensors to detect occupancy in a space. When the room is unoccupied, the lights are turned OFF or dimmed to a predetermined level, saving energy while the room is empty. This lighting control strategy can return energy savings of up to 60% in restrooms, 45% in private offices, 35% in corridors, 40% in classrooms, and 75% in warehouses, depending upon how often the room is vacant.

Daylighting Employ daylighting in areas that receive daylight exposure. In daylighting, exterior and interior sensors balance the electric light and daylight present in a space by either switching pre-selected lights OFF or dimming. When daylighting is paired with dimming, electric light levels are lowered when daylight is available and raised as daylight wanes. This lighting control strategy minimizes the electric light consumed during the day and has been credited with energy savings of up to 40% in the spaces that receive natural light. Load Shedding This lighting control strategy reduces the energy consumption of a building during peak usage times to better manage both energy use and energy costs. Load shedding can be accomplished without negatively impacting the functionality of the space or the comfort of the workers by dimming or switching lighting levels over a specific time or in areas of lesser priority.

Programmable Timing A typical building has known occupied and unoccupied times. These times can be programmed into the lighting control system to ensure that lighting is not energized during unoccupied times. Daily, weekly, or special time events could control a single lighting event or an entire building. Time schedule sweeps are an effective means to ensure lighting is not turned On and left On after hours.

Demand Response Demand Response is the lighting control strategy that automatically reduces the lighting power consumption of a building in response to an electronic signal sent from the local utility company requesting that their customers reduce their electricity consumption for a certain period of time. The lighting control system receives the signal then automatically dims or turns OFF pre-determined lights throughout the building to reduce its electrical demand. Thereby reducing the overall energy load on the grid and avoiding high power demand utility pricing. Personal Control Personal Control is the lighting control strategy that enables individuals to modify the light levels of the fixtures above their workspace to meet their unique needs or preferences. This strategy can be used to comply with the IECC codes and towards earning LEED certification points. Personal Control can be incorporated into any building by specifying building occupant control software into the lighting control system. This software provides PC-based control that allows individuals to control their overhead lights and change overhead lighting levels from their desktop.

Bi-Level Switching The Bi-Level Switching strategy enables building occupants to have one more option that simply ON or OFF in an area and is required by many local and national codes including Ashrae 90.1, IECC, and Title 24. Bi-Level Switching can be accomplished either automatically or manually and provides a simple method of reducing the lighting load by approximately 50% either by dimming or actually switching lighting loads. This lighting control strategy has been proven to provide energy savings of between 10-15% Power Metering Power Metering is rapidly becoming essential in the daily operation of a successful energy efficient building. Not only is it an effective means to monitor energy usage to support Demand Response times, but it can be used to help drive building occupant and management behaviors. Real-time power metering data per relay/circuit or in aggregate, can be presented on a dashboard to educate and drive behavior energy savings changes. Real-time knowledge of how energy is used in a building space can help a building manager identify key areas of energy usage improvement.

Overview of Greengate Technologies Categories


Lighting Control Panels Greengate lighting control panels offer stand-alone, centralized, and distributed solutions to control lighting levels in any project type. Control schemes can incorporate any combination of sensor-based, automatic, manual, or scheduled inputs to meet the most complex functional requirements.

Occupany Sensors Greengate offers a variety of occupancy sensors to best meet the needs of a project. If the project requires a stand-alone solution for a small space, or a networked solution for whole building control, sensors provide the minor motion detection to ensure efficiency is maximized. Greengate sensors automatically adjust to the building environment, eliminating the needs for constant re-calibration and reducing overall maintenance costs.

Daylighting Sensors Coordinate the daylight and electric light in a space to save energy and balance the light levels of the interior environment. Greengate offers a range of daylighting solutions to match every project budget and control need. Combine available daylight with switching or dimming in a single space, or design an entire building to respond to the presence of natural light.

Software Greengate provides a variety of accessory software to provide building managers and occupants ultimate control of their building and personal lighting. The Keeper Enterprise programming software provides the building manager total lighting control panel, occupancy sensor and daylighting sensor programming, status, and override capabilities. VisionTouch and VisionSwitch softwares provides room, floor, building, or personal lighting control and status via the building LAN. Event Manager software provides the building manager with complete time schedule flexibility including temporary, permanent, and special time event programming. Our Venergy Dashboards provide real-time power metering usage data including kW usage, dollars, and carbon footprint of the facilities energy control strategy.

Lighting Control Strategies


7

Control Panels Overview Lighting Control Panel Quick Reference Guide How to Specify

p.8-9 p.10-11 p.12 p.13-19 p.21 p.23 p.27 p.29 p.31 p.33 p.35 p.37 p.39 p.41 p.43 p.45 p.47 p.51 p.53 p.55 p.57 p.59 p.60 p.61 p.62 p.63 p.65 p.67 p.69 p.71 p.73

Lighting Control Panels


Greengate lighting control panels offer stand-alone, centralized, and distributed solutions for projects of varying sizes, control requirements, and load types. The energy saving capabilities of these cost-effective panels allow design teams to attain code compliance effectively. Reasons to use Lighting Control Panels: Power Metering Automatic time of day scheduling Switch multiple loads/circuits, on/off together Centralized Control Load Shedding Code Compliance Maximize the use of available natural light Multiple input devices (Occupancy Sensors, manual switches,)

Product Matrix Network Panels ControlKeeper M ControlKeeper MB ControlKeeper 4A ControlKeeper 4 ControlKeeper 2 SXRC Serial Relay Cards Stand-Alone Panels LiteKeeper 16 & 32 LiteKeeper 8 LiteKeeper 4 XRC Parallel Relay Cards Current Limiting Panel TracKeeper Low Voltage Switches Digital Switch Digita Momentary Toggle Key Switches Three-wire Momentary Two-wire Momentary Line Voltage Switches Automatic Turn-Off Software Keeper Enterprise VisionTouch VisionSwitch Event Manager Accessories Lighting Relay Module Emergency Power Control Relay Interface Module Lighted Switch Card Ethernet Interface Module

ControlKeeper TouchScreen p.25

Momentary Decorator Switch p.49

Automation Interface Module p.75 Telephone Interface Module p.77 Gateway DMX Gateway Modem Communication Cable Network Repeater p.78 p.79 p.80 p.81 p.83

Lighting Control Panels


9

Greengate Lighting Control Panel Families


Greengate provides energy management solutions for a variety of commercial, institutional, and industrial projects. The size, scope, control needs, and energy management goals of these projects are very diverse. In order to meet the unique needs and objectives of each design, Greengate has developed two families of lighting control panels: ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper.

CKM/CKMB 18, 36, 48 Panel Features


Networkable TouchScreen Interface Keypad and LCD Interface Ethernet Onboard Flash Upgradable Locked Door NEMA 1 Enclosures System Logging (Default) Programming Software (Keeper Enterprise) Floor Plan Software (VisionTouch) Event Software (Event Manager) Open/Closed Loop Dimming Daylighting

ControlKeeper
The ControlKeeper lighting control panel family is designed to provide superior energy management solutions to projects that require individually addressable relays on a networked lighting control system. Use these panels to schedule the lighting throughout the building or campus of buildings with the astronomic clock. Incorporate occupancy sensors or daylighting sensors with these panels to maximize the energy savings in each space.

User Interfaces
Digital Switches Low Voltage Switches

LiteKeeper
The LiteKeeper lighting control panels are stand-alone systems for designers looking to create energy savings in spaces through scheduling, occupancy sensing, daylighting, or perhaps just simplified lighting control.

Contact Input Photosensors Analog Photosensors Automatic Turn-off Switches Occupancy Sensors

Relays
25K SCCR 10K SCCR option Power Metering Variable Relay Timing Technology Serial Relay Cards Parallel Relay Cards Individual Relay Cards

Communications Accessories
Ethernet BMS Interface DMX Gateway Telephone Interface Module

Emergency Control (UL 924)


Total Panel Solution Single Circuit Solution

Lighting Control Panel Quick Reference Guide


CKT 16, 32 & 48 CK4A CK4 CK2 LK16 & 32 LK8 LK4


Lighting Control Panels - Quick Reference Guide
11

Specify a Lighting Control Panel System


Prerequisites
Complete lighting design and layout. Determine zones and circuiting. Complete branch circuit panel schedule. Identify lighting control strategies.

Greengate lighting control panels are easy to specify, because each panel family is manufactured with robust relay solutions, designed to operate with any type of digital or low voltage control, and built to interact seamlessly with all Greengate products. Sized to accommodate 2-48 relays and available as a stand-alone, centralized, or distributed system, Greengate lighting control panels can support any project. Determine which panel is the best fit and take a project from simple switching to energy saving in 5 steps. Energy management is easy, with Greengate.

Greengate interfaces are available in a variety of styles and offer a wide range of functionalities.
low voltage switches (refer to pages 48-57) digital switches (refer to pages 44-47) occupancy sensors (refer to pages 84-163) photosensors (refer to pages 172-177)

5 Steps to Specifying the Right Lighting Control Panel System


Step 1 Does your project require stand-alone, centralized, or distributed lighting control system? Greengate lighting panels are available as stand-alone, centralized, or distributed. Refer to pages 10-11 within this guide to learn about the specifics of each panel type. Step 2 What size of panel does the project require? Panels ranging from 2-48 relays are available. Refer to pages 10-11 to select the panel family best suited for the project. Step 3 Will daylighting with dimming occur in the space? Refer to page 26 for more details on the ControlKeeper 4A. Step 4 Does the project require special relay types or power metering gathering? Greengate manufactures a variety of relay types including Normally Open, Latching, Two Pole relay cards. Greengate provides a variety of power metering methods, including integral relays with power metering or CT solutions, refer to page 189 for more information. Step 5 What type of user interfaces and software should be installed? Digital or standard low voltage switches, occupancy sensors, photosensors can all be provided. Basic programming software, graphical floor plan control, personal user control or event scheduling software are all available with Greengate, refer to pages 60-63 for details. Complete the Specification Complete the panel schedule for the individual lighting control panels and note their locations on the drawings. Complete the switch input schedule(s) and note their locations on the drawings. Draw the single line wiring diagram for the project. Complete the written specification.

Lighting Control PanelProduct Matrix


Greengate Catalog # Max. # of Relays Relay Type Power Use Rating Size (height x width x depth)

CONTROLKEEPER
ControlKeeper - ControlKeeper M and ControlKeeper MB CKM18* 18 120/347 VAC normally open, normally closed or Latching 120/347 VAC normally open, normally closed or Latching 120/347 VAC normally open, normally closed or Latching 120/347 VAC normally open, normally closed, or Latching with integral Breakers 120/347 VAC normally open, normally closed, or Latching with integral Breakers 120/347 VAC normally open, normally closed or Latching with integral Breakers 90 Watts 31 x 24 x 6

CKM36*

36

90 Watts

40 x 24 x 6

CKM48*

48

90 Watts

48.25 x 24 x 6

CKMB18*

18

90 Watts

54 x 24 x 6

CKMB36*

36

90 Watts

76 x 24 x 6

CKMB48*

48

90 Watts

90 x 24 x 6

* Reference Specication Sheet for complete Catalog Number. ControlKeeper TouchScreen CKT16* CKT32* CKT48* 16 32 48 Serial Relay Cards - options available, order separately Serial Relay Cards - options available, order separately Serial Relay Cards - options available, order separately 75 Watts 75 Watts 75 Watts 18 x 15 x 6.25 30 x 15 x 6.25 41 x 15 x 6.25

* Reference Specication Sheet for complete Catalog Number.

ControlKeeper 4A CK4A-SSRCNO CK4A-SLRC CK4A-STPRCNO 4 4 2 120/277 VAC normally open 120/277/347 VAC mechanically latched 208/240/480 VAC, two pole, normally open 20 Watts 20 Watts 20 Watts 10 x 14 x 3.5 10 x 14 x 3.5 10 x 14 x 3.5

ControlKeeper 4 CK4-120NO CK4-277NO 4 4 120/277 VAC normally open 120/277 VAC normally open 20 Watts 20 Watts 10 x 14 x 3.5 10 x 14 x 3.5

ControlKeeper 2 CK2-120NO CK2-277NO 2 2 120/277 VAC normally open 120/277 VAC normally open 20 Watts 20 Watts 7.5 x 11 x 5 7.5 x 11 x 5

Lighting Control Panels - Product Matrix


13

Greengate Catalog #

Max. # of Relays

Relay Type

Power Use Rating

Size (height x width x depth)

LITEKEEPER
LK16* LK32* LK LB LK8 LK8-LRC LK8-MRC LK8-TPRC LK4-120NO LK4-277NO 8 8 0 0 4 4 16 32 Parallel Relay Cards - options available, order separately Parallel Relay Cards - options available, order separately LiteKeeper Logic Board Required for LK16 & LK32 120/277 VAC standard, normally open 120/277 VAC Latching 120/277 VAC order relays separately 120/277 VAC order relays separately 120/277VAC normally open 120/277VAC normally open 40 Watts 40 Watts 40 Watts 40 Watts 20 Watts 20 Watts 14 x 9.5 x 5 14 x 9.5 x 5 14 x 9.5 x 5 14 x 9.5 x 5 9.5 x 14 x 3.5 9.5 x 14 x 3.5 75 Watts 75 Watts 18 x 15 x 6.25 30 x 15 x 6.25

* Reference Specication Sheet for complete Catalog Number. Greengate Catalog # Voltage # of Breakers Mounting Option Size (height x width x depth)

TRACKEEPER
TK16* TK32* 120 or 277 120 or 277 1 to 16 1 to 32 S = Surface F = Flush S = Surface F = Flush 10 X 14 X 3 3/8 16 X 14 X 3 3/8

* Reference Specication Sheet for complete Catalog Number. Greengate Catalog # Relay Type Voltage

RELAY CARDS
Serial Relay Cards - for ControlKeeper Panels SSRCNO SLRC STPRCNO Parallel Relay Cards - for LiteKeeper Panels SRC LRC MRC Relay Card Options for LK8, LK16, and LK32 MRC SRM NO LRM TPRM NO Modular Relay Card - included with LK8-w/MRC 20 Amp 120/277 VAC single pole normally open relay (1 relay space) 20 Amp 120/277/347 VAC latching relay (1 relay space) 20 Amp 208/240/480 VAC two pole normally open (2 relay space) N/A. Refer to specific relays below 20A, 120/277 VAC 20A, 120/277/347 VAC 20A, 208/240/480 VAC Standard Relay Card with 8 relays Latching Relay Card with 8 relays 20A, 120/277 VAC 20A, 120/277/347 VAC Serial Standard Relay Card normally open Serial Latching Relay Card Serial Two Pole Relay Card normally open 20A, 120/277 VAC 20A, 120/277/347 VAC 20A, 208/240/480 VAC

Lighting Control PanelProduct Matrix


Greengate Catalog # Relay Type Voltage

RELAY CARDS
Parallel Relay Cards - for LiteKeeper TPRC Relay Card Options for LK8, LK16, and LK32 TPRC SPR347 TPR208 TPR480 Two Pole Relay Card - included with LK8-TPRC 20 Amp, 120/277/347 VAC single pole relay (1 relay space) 20 Amp, 208/240 VAC two pole relay (1 relay space) 20 Amp, 480 VAC two pole relay (2 relay space) N/A. Refer to specific relays below 20A, 120/277/347 VAC 20A, 208/240 VAC 20A, 208/240/480 VAC

DIGITAL SWITCH - Custom engraving available. Refer to Specication Sheet for more information.
Greengate Catalog # GDS-1TLB-* GDS-2TLB-* GDS-3TLB-*
GDS-3TLB

Description One button with LED relay status indicator Two button with LED relay status indicators Three button with LED relay status indicators Two button with LED relay status indicators Four button with LED relay status indicators Five button with LED relay status indicators Six button with LED relay status indicators

Communications Canbus Canbus Canbus Canbus Canbus Canbus Canbus

GDS-2TSB-* GDS-4TSB-* GDS-5TSB-* GDS-6TSB-*


GDS-6TSB

* Available Colors: W-White, B-Black, V-Ivory

DIGITA SWITCH - Custom engraving available. Refer to Specication Sheet for more information.
Digita1 Digita5-1B* Digita5-2B* Digita5-3B* Digita5-4B* Digita5-5B* DG2 Greengate Catalog # One button decorator style rocker One button with LED relay status indicators Two button with LED relay status indicators Three button with LED relay status indicators Four button with LED relay status indicators Five button with LED relay status indicators One Gateway required per digital switch network Canbus (requires DG2) Canbus (requires DG2)

Canbus (requires DG2) Canbus (requires DG2) Canbus (requires DG2) Canbus (requires DG2)

Color

Description

Rating

MOMENTARY DECORATOR SWITCH


GMDS-W GMDS-V White Ivory Momentary Decorator Switch Momentary Decorator Switch 3 Amps, 24 VAC/VDC 3 Amps, 24 VAC/VDC

Lighting Control Panels - Product Matrix


15

Canbus (requires DG2)

Greengate Catalog #

Color

Description

Type/Rating

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHES - Variety of wallplates available. Refer to Specication Sheet for more information.
RS232 RS232K RS232P** RS232PK**
RS237

Ivory Ivory Ivory Ivory Ivory White White White White White Gray Gray Gray Gray White White White

Momentary Switch Momentary Key Switch Momentary Pilot Switch Momentary Pilot Key Switch Switch Blank Momentary Switch Momentary Key Switch Momentary Pilot Switch Momentary Pilot Key Switch Switch Blank Momentary Switch Momentary Key Switch Momentary Pilot Switch Switch Blank 3A, 24 V AC/DC 3A, 24 V AC/DC 3A, 24 V AC/DC

SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPDT, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPST, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPST, Momentary Contact 3A, 24 VAC/DC SPST, Momentary Contact 3A, 2 VAC/DC

RA232 RS237 RS237K RS237P** RS237PK** RA237

RS237P

RS239 RS232K RS239P** RA239 AML

AMLG

AMLR** switch w/Red LED AMLG switch w/Green LED

** Must order Lighted Switch Card with LK16 & LK32.

Greengate Catalog # Momentary Toggle Switches GMT-* (White-W, V-Ivory, G-Gray) GMTL-N (Satin Nickel)
GMTL-N

Relay Type

Voltage

GMT-G

3 position Momentary Switch, up or down closed, center open 3 position Momentary Locking Switch, up or down closed, center open

3A, 24 VAC/DC

3A, 24 VAC/DC

Greengate Catalog #

Relay Type

Voltage

Key Switches MOM-Key MAIN-Key


MOM-Key

Momentary Contact Key Switch Maintained Contact Key Switch

4A, 28V DC 4A, 28V DC

Lighting Control PanelProduct Matrix


Greengate Catalog # Relay Type Description

LINE VOLTAGE SWITCHES


Line Voltage Automatic Turn-Off Switch G5 G5-D-* G5T
G5

5A, 120/240/277V 5A, 120/240/277V 5A, 120/240/277V 5A, 120/240/277V 20A, 120/240/277V 20A, 120/240/277V 20A, 120/240/277V 20A, 120/240/277V

Single Pole, Clear Toggle Single Pole, Decorator Three Way, Clear Toggle Three Way, Decorator Single Pole, Clear Toggle Single Pole, Decorator Three Way, Clear Toggle Three Way, Decorator

G5T-D-* G20 G20-D-*


G5-5-D-V

G20T G20T-D-*
G5-D-W

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory Greengate Catalog # Description

SOFTWARE
KEEPER NW KEEPER SA SOFT VT SOFT VT Screens SOFT VS SOFT EM-10 SOFT EM-25 SOFT EM-50 SOFT EM-UN Keeper Enterprise Network Keeper Enterprise Stand Alone VisionTouch IV; requires Soft VT Screens VisionTouch Graphic Layout Screens VisionSwitch Event Manager 10 Panels Event Manager 25 Panels Event Manager 50 Panels Event Manager Unlimited Panels

Lighting Control Panels - Product Matrix


17

Greengate Catalog #

Description

AIM, AUTOMATION INTERFACE MODULE - Add NW for ControlKeeper or SA for LiteKeeper


AIM-B-* AIM-N-* AIM-L-* AIM-M-* AIM OEMPRTL Provides BACnet interface (1200 points of control or status) Provides N2 interface (256 points of control or status) Provides Lon interface (1200 points of control or status) Provides Modbus interface (1200 points of control or status) AIM Logic Board (required for each unit)

* NW=Network (ControlKeeper) SA=Stand Alone (LK16 & LK32)

Greengate Catalog #

Input Option

ETHERNET INTERFACE MODULE


EIM WEIM Ethernet Interface Module Wireless Ethernet Interface Module

Greengate Catalog #

Electrical

Power Consumption

Size

Modem

TELEPHONE INTERFACE MODULE


TIM Greengate Catalog # 120 VAC wall transformer included Input 27 Watts 9.5 x 7.25 x 1.5 Bell 103 and 212 A compatible Size

Output

GATEWAYS
GATEWAY DMX GATEWAY Greengate Catalog # RS-232 serial connection, 25 pin DMX 512, twisted shielded pair RS-485, twisted shielded pair RS-485, twisted shielded pair 9.5 x 7.25 x 1.5 9.5 x 7.25 x 1.5

Description

MODEM
Serial Modem USB Modem 2400 Baud Connection on the Panel Side Permits Connections to the Serial Modem or Telephone Interface Module

RPTR, NETWORK REPEATER


RPTR Greengate Catalog # Repeater with power wiring whip for connection to a 24V DC power source

Color

Size

Description

COMMUNICATION CABLE
LCCP LCCNP Natural Black 0.205 0.250 Cooper Controls communication cable; plenum rated Cooper Controls communication cable; non plenum rated

Lighting Control PanelProduct Matrix


Greengate Catalog # Description Rating

EMERGENCY POWER CONTROL


CEPC-120 CEPC-277 CEPC-D-F-S-120 CEPC-D-F-S-277 Greengate Catalog # Emergency Power Control 120V Emergency Power Control 277V 0-10V Load Emergency Power Control 120V 0-10V Load Emergency Power Control 277V Voltage Compatibility 120V 277V 120V 277V

CEPC-120

CEPC-D-F-S-120

LIGHTING RELAY MODULE


LRM120 LRM277 LRM347 120 VAC 277 VAC 347 VAC ControlKeeper M and ControlKeeper MB ControlKeeper M and ControlKeeper MB ControlKeeper M and ControlKeeper MB

RELAY INTERFACE MODULE


RIM120 RIM277 RIM347 Greengate Catalog # 120 VAC 277 VAC 347 VAC ControlKeeper TouchScreen and LiteKeeper 16 & 32 ControlKeeper TouchScreen and LiteKeeper 16 & 32 ControlKeeper TouchScreen and LiteKeeper 16 & 32

Input Voltage

Description

CONTACT INPUT PHOTOSENSORS (Refer to Specication Sheet in the Daylighting Section)


PPS-5 24 VDC Outdoor Contact Input Photosensor

Greengate Catalog #

Orientation

Standard FC Range

Lens

PC-I (indoor) PC-O (outdoor) PC-A (atrium) PC-S (skylight) PC-I-OL (open loop)

Downward Horizontal Horizontal Upward 45

0-100 FC* 0-200 FC* 2-1000 FC* 10-2000 FC* 30-3000 FC*

Clear Fresnel Clear Flat Opaque Dome Dark Dome Opaque Flat

Note: Other FC ranges available by special order. Please contact Customer Service for more informaion.

Greengate Catalog #

Description

LIGHTED SWITCH CARD - An option for the LiteKeeper 16 & 32


LSC Provides relay output status indication when used in conjunction with pilot type low voltage switches.

Lighting Control Panels - Product Matrix


19

ANALOG PHOTOSENSOR (Refer to Specication Sheet in the Daylighting Section)

Catalog # Project Comments

Type

CKM18, CKM36, CKM48 ControlKeeper M

Prepared by

Date

True real-time power metering relay panel Large, intuitive color touchscreen interface Individually replaceable relays with arc suppression technology Programming stored in non-volatile memory Capable of mixed load voltages (120/277/347 VAC) as well as mixed sources (ie. normal and emergency power) 30 Amp relays are used on all 20A relay cards to extend relay life Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount, lockable Size: CKM18: 31H X 24W X 6D (up to 18 relays) CKM36: 40H X 24W X 6D (up to 36 relays) CKM48: 48.25H X 24W X 6D (up to 48 relays) Transformer Ratings: Wide input voltage power supply, 120-347 VAC Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 90 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF or Individual relay control with status LED Programming: Onboard TouchScreen Interface One panel or entire network Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: Normally open 20A, incandescent 120 VAC, ballast 277 VAC Maximum wire size: 8 AWG 1HP @ 120 VAC, 2HP @ 277 VAC Latching Relay Ratings: Normally open, normally closed Latching 20A, incandescent 120 VAC, ballast 347 VAC Maximum wire size: 8 AWG 1HP @ 120 VAC, 2HP @ 277 VAC Two Pole Relay Ratings: Normally open or normally closed Maximum wire size: 8 AWG 1HP @ 120 VAC, 2HP @ 277 VAC Relays have a minimum 25K SCCR @ 277 VAC System warranty: Three year Relay warranty: Ten year UL Approval UL 508 Listed UL 924 with LRM

Overview ControlKeeper M network lighting control panels are scalable to any size application. The large view color touchscreen permits entire network programming and monitoring for complete system control and integration. Control up to 48 relays per panel with discrete inputs for occupancy sensors, low voltage switches and other input devices. ControlKeeper M network panels are designed for intuitive programming, and monitoring of the relays. The relays automatically sense the optimal time to switch lighting loads. Venergy Power Metering software in conjunction with our relays provide a complete Energy Management Solution. System Includes NEMA 1 enclosure Low Voltage input connections Digital Switch interface 0-10V inputs Time schedules with astronomic clock Color Touchscreen Accessories Automation Interface Module Ethernet Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Digital Switch Occupancy & Daylighting Sensors Keeper Enterprise Software Venergy Power Metering Software DMX Interface Dry Contact Switches Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides Power Metering Onboard Ethernet port UL Listed - UL 924 with LRM

Ordering This is a network-ready lighting control system. It can be combined with other ControlKeeper series panels to create a scalable networked lighting control scheme. It can be ordered with any suitable system option or accessory. See next/back page for Ordering details.

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure
CKM 18: 31H X 24W X 6D (up to 18 relays) CKM 36: 40H X 24W X 6D (up to 36 relays) CKM 48: 48.25H X 24W X 6D (up to 48 relays)

ControlKeeper M 18/36/48
24 in. (609.6 mm) 24 in. (609.6 mm) 6 in. (152.4 mm) 6 in. (152.4 mm)

Ordering

31 in. (787.4 mm)

CKM

18

40 in. (1016 mm)

T - CCM1 - AN1

Product CKM ControlKeeper M Panel Size 18 (18 size) 36 (36 size) 48 (48 size) Number of Latching Relays (Single Space) 0-18 (0-18 for 18 size panel) 0-36 (0-36 for 36 size panel) 0-48 (0-48 for 48 size panel) Number of Electrically Held Relays (Single Space) 0-18 (0-18 for 18 size panel) 0-36 (0-36 for 36 size panel) 0-48 (0-48 for 48 size panel)

Analogs 0, AN1, AN2 (18 size) 0, AN1, AN2, AN3, AN4 (36 size) 0, AN1, AN2, AN3, AN4, AN5, AN6 (48 size) (Dependent upon # of CCMs, two ANs for each CCM. Each AN supplies four analog 0-10V inputs) Inputs (Each CCM supplies 18 contact inputs) 0, CCM1 (18 size) 0, CCM1, CCM2 (36 size) 0, CCM1, CCM2, CCM3 (48 size) Display NT No TouchScreen T TouchScreen Enclosure S Surface Number of Two Pole Relays (Double Space) 0-18 (0-18 for 18 size panel) 0-36 (0-36 for 36 size panel) 0-48 (0-48 for 48 size panel)

Additional Options
Catalog # iBarrier Description Individual Relay Barrier, Voltage and Power Source Separation

Sample One-Line

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper M Relay Panel Power Metering

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper M Relay Panel Power Metering

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper T Relay Panel

ControlKeeper 4A Distributed 0-10V Dimming panel Ethernet link: Programming access or Power Metering data access

Q1

NETWORK

LED1

C1

PCI 2005

CAN-RX
LED4

CAN-TX
LED5 C5

Q2

K1

50-022110-01

U4 U2

SW2

MOV2

TB2

LED3

U6

K2

SWIN PIC RS-232-SP

RSC PIC

C14

0 OHM OPT-47K

LED9

Gnd

STATUS

LED7

SWIN STAT
1
LED8

U4

U3

POWER

REMOTE

J7

J8

TB2

ANALOG INPUTS

LOCAL

TB3

TB4

DIMMING OUTPUTS

TB5

SWITCH INPUTS

TB6

LSO TEST

ANALOG INPUTS
+24 GND

DIMMING OUTPUTS
DO RTN DO RTN DO RTN 3 3 2 2 1 1

SWITCH INPUTS AND LIGHTED SWITCH OUTS


DO RTN IN +24 4 4 1 IN LS 2 1 IN +24 IN LS 4 2 3
TP1

AN AN AN AN 2 3 4 1

ANALOG GND

IN +24 IN LS IN 5 6 3 7

+24

IN 8

LS 4

To other lighting control panels Cable type: Belden 9841 or equal Maximum distance 4000 feet per network

K4

LOAD

RESET PICS

SD1

SW4

LINE

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Q4

Ethernet link: Programming access or Power Metering data access

MOV3

TB3

Q3

SW3

K3

RSC STAT
L1

LED5

U2

PCI-NET TERM

PE-52627 PE-52647 or Talema SWV-0-90-330

MOV4

TB4

LOAD

LINE

LOAD

U1

LINE

LOAD

LINE

SW1

SW2

X4 SRC

ALL OFF

ALL ON

TB1

LED2

LED3

54-022510-

MOV1

LED1

ADDRESS

50-022510-00

To other lighting control panels

Lighting Control Panels - Network


21

GDS Cable type: Cooper LCCNP or Cooper LCCP or Belden 1502, maximum distance 1000 feet per GDS network

48.25 in. (1225.55 mm)

24 in. (609.6 mm)

6 in. (152.4 mm)

RS-232 DIGITA PCI-NET PCI-NET +NET -NET

Catalog # Project Comments

Type

CKMB18, CKMB36, CKMB48 ControlKeeper M with Circuit Breakers


Integrated breakers and relays in a single, space saving enclosure True real-time power metering relay panel Large, intuitive color touchscreen interface Individually replaceable relays with arc suppression technology Programming stored in non-volatile memory 30 Amp relays are used on all 20A relay cards to extend relay life Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount, lockable Size: CKMB18: 54H X 24W X 6D (up to 18 relays) CKMB36: 76H X 24W X 6D (up to 36 relays) CKMB48: 90H X 24W X 6D (up to 48 relays) Transformer Ratings: Wide input voltage power supply, 120-347 VAC Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 90 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF or Individual relay control with status LED Programming: Onboard TouchScreen Interface One panel or entire network Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: Normally open 20A, incandescent 120 VAC, ballast 277 VAC Maximum wire size: 8 AWG 1HP @ 120 VAC, 2HP @ 277 VAC Latching Relay Ratings: Normally open, normally closed or Latching 20A, incandescent 120 VAC, ballast 347 VAC Maximum wire size: 8 AWG 1HP @ 120 VAC, 2HP @ 277 VAC Two Pole Relay Ratings: Normally open or normally closed Maximum wire size: 8 AWG 1HP @ 120 VAC, 2HP @ 277 VAC Relays have a minimum 25K SCCR @ 277 VAC System warranty: Three year Relay warranty: Ten year UL Approval UL 508 Listed UL 924 with LRM

Prepared by

Date

Overview ControlKeeper M with Breakers network lighting control panels are scalable to any size application. The large view color touchscreen permits entire network programming and monitoring for complete system control and integration. Control up to 48 relays per panel with integral circuit breakers as well as discrete inputs for occupancy sensors, low voltage switches and other input devices. ControlKeeper M with Breakers network panels are designed for intuitive programming, and monitoring of the relays. The relays automatically sense the optimal time to switch lighting loads. Venergy Power Metering software in conjunction with our relays provide a complete Energy Management Solution. System Includes NEMA 1 enclosure Integral 20A breakers Low Voltage input connections Digital Switch Interface 0-10V inputs Time schedules with astronomic clock Color Touchscreen Accessories Automation Interface Module Ethernet Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Digital Switch Occupancy & Daylighting Sensors Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides RS-232 port Power Metering Onboard Ethernet port UL Listed - UL 924 with LRM Keeper Enterprise Software Venergy Power Metering Softwar DMX Interface Dry Contact Switches

Ordering This is a network-ready lighting control system. It can be combined with other ControlKeeper series panels to create a scalable networked lighting control scheme. It can be ordered with any suitable system option or accessory. See next/back page for Ordering details.

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure
CKMB 18: 54H X 24W X 6D (up to 18 relays) CKMB 36: 76H X 24W X 6D (up to 36 relays) CKMB 48: 90H X 24W X 6D (up to 48 relays)

ControlKeeper MB 18/36/48
24 in. (609.6 mm) 24 in. (609.6 mm) 6 in. (152.4 mm) 6 in. (152.4 mm)

24 in. (609.6 mm)

6 in. (152.4 mm) 90 in. (2286 mm)


5 2 S T - CCM1 - AN1

54 in. (1371.6 mm)

Ordering

CKMB - 120V1P - S

18

Product CKMB ControlKeeper MB Voltage and Phase 120V1P 120V Single Phase 120V3P 120V Three Phase 277V1P 277V Single Phase 277V3P 277V Three Phase 347V3P 347V Three Phase Types of Circuit Breakers S Siemens C Eaton G GE Panel Size 18 (18 size) 36 (36 size) 48 (48 size) Number of Latching Relays (Single Space) 0-18 (0-18 for 18 size panel) 0-36 (0-36 for 36 size panel) 0-48 (0-48 for 48 size panel)

76 in. (1930.4 mm)


-

Analogs 0, AN1, AN2 (18 size) 0, AN1, AN2, AN3, AN4 (36 size) 0, AN1, AN2, AN3, AN4, AN5, AN6 (48 size) (Dependent upon # of CCMs, two ANs for each CCM. Each AN supplies four analog 0-10V inputs) Inputs (Each CCM supplies 18 contact inputs) 0, CCM1 (18 size) 0, CCM1, CCM2 (36 size) 0, CCM1, CCM2, CCM3 (48 size) Display NT No TouchScreen T TouchScreen Enclosure S Surface Number of Two Pole Relays (Double space) 0-18 (0-18 for 18 size panel) 0-36 (0-36 for 36 size panel) 0-48 (0-48 for 48 size panel) Number of Electrically Held Relays (Single Space) 0-18 (0-18 for 18 size panel) 0-36 (0-36 for 36 size panel) 0-48 (0-48 for 48 size panel)

Additional Options
Catalog # iBarrier

Description Individual Relay Barrier, Voltage and Power Source Separation

Sample One-Line

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper M Relay Panel Power Metering

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper M Relay Panel Power Metering

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper T Relay Panel

ControlKeeper 4A Distributed 0-10V Dimming panel Ethernet link: Programming access or Power Metering data access

Q1

NETWORK

LED1

C1

PCI 2005

CAN-RX
LED4

CAN-TX
LED5 C5

Q2

K1

50-022110-01

U4 U2

SW2

MOV2

TB2

LED3

U6

K2

SWIN PIC RS-232-SP

RSC PIC

C14

0 OHM OPT-47K

LED9

Gnd

STATUS

LED7

SWIN STAT
1
LED8

U4

U3

POWER

REMOTE

J7

J8

TB2

ANALOG INPUTS

LOCAL

TB3

TB4

DIMMING OUTPUTS

TB5

SWITCH INPUTS

TB6

LSO TEST

ANALOG INPUTS
+24 GND

DIMMING OUTPUTS
DO RTN DO RTN DO RTN 3 3 2 2 1 1

SWITCH INPUTS AND LIGHTED SWITCH OUTS


DO RTN IN +24 4 4 1 IN LS 1 2 IN +24 IN LS 4 2 3
TP1

AN AN AN AN 2 3 4 1

ANALOG GND

IN +24 IN LS IN 5 6 3 7

+24

IN 8

LS 4

To other lighting control panels Cable type: Belden 9841 or equal Maximum distance 4000 feet per network

K4

LOAD

RESET PICS

SD1

SW4

LINE

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Q4

Ethernet link: Programming access or Power Metering data access

MOV3

TB3

Q3

SW3

K3

RSC STAT
L1

LED5

U2

PCI-NET TERM

PE-52627 PE-52647 or Talema SWV-0-90-330

MOV4

TB4

LOAD

LINE

LOAD

U1

LINE

LOAD

LINE

SW1

SW2

X4 SRC

ALL OFF

ALL ON

TB1

LED2

LED3

54-022510-

MOV1

LED1

ADDRESS

50-022510-00

To other lighting control panels

Lighting Control Panels - Network


23

GDS Cable type: Cooper LCCNP or Cooper LCCP or Belden 1502, maximum distance 1000 feet per GDS network

RS-232 DIGITA PCI-NET PCI-NET +NET -NET

Catalog # Project Comments

Type

CKT16, CKT32, CKT48 ControlKeeper TouchScreen

Prepared by

Date

Capable of mixed load voltages (120/277/347 VAC) as well as mixed sources (ie. normal and emergency power) Manual and programmable control of each relay via a simple TouchScreen interface Normally open latched and two pole serial relays available 30 Amp relays one used on all 20A relay cards to extend relay life.
Overview The ControlKeeper TouchScreen network lighting control panel is a costeffective specication grade lighting control system. Control up to 48 relays per panel. Network up to 254 ControlKeeper panels for a state of the art lighting control system. System Includes UL listed UL 916 standard NEMA 1 enclosure 32 low voltage input connections Digita Switch interface Time schedules with astronomic clock Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Accessories Keeper Enterprise Software Ethernet Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Flush Mount Kit Available Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides TouchScreen RS-232 port standard RS-485 network standard 4 analog inputs UL Listed - UL 924 with RIM

Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount, lockable Size: CKT16: 18H X 15W X 6.25D (up to 16 relays) CKT32: 30H X 15W X 6.25D (up to 32 relays) CKT48: 41H X 15W X 6.25D (up to 48 relays) Transformer Ratings: Multi-tapped 120/277 VAC internally fused standard Optional 347 VAC internally fused Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 75 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF Programming: Onboard TouchScreen Interface Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Latching Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277/347 VAC Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Provides a system SCCR rating of 10,000A Two Pole Relay Ratings: 20A, 208/240/480 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million System warranty: Three year Relay warranty: Ten year UL Approval UL 916 Listed UL 924 with RIM

Digita Switch Low Voltage Switches High Voltage Barrier Available High Voltage Divider Available

Ordering All ControlKeeper TouchScreen lighting control panels require a Logic Board (CKT LB). The logic board is shipped separately from the enclosure and is listed as a separate line item. When ordering any of the below models, you must also order the CKT LB. See next/back page for Ordering details.

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure

ControlKeeper TouchScreen 16/32/48


CKT48

CKT32

High Voltage Barrier and Dividers

CKT16

High Voltage Separation Barrier

High Voltage Wiring Compartment System Power Suppy


CKT 16 - 120/277 SS1 SL1 STO SHVB1 - SHVD1

Ordering

Product Size CKT ControlKeeper TouchScreen 16 (16 size) 32 (32 size) Voltage 48 (48 size) 120/277 120/277 V 220/230 220/230 V 120/347 120/347 V # of SSRCs (See SXRC cut sheet) 0-4 cards (16 size) 0-8 cards (32 size) 0-12 cards (48 size) # of SLRCs (See SXRC cut sheet) 0-4 cards (16 size) 0-8 cards (32 size) 0-12 cards (48 size)

# of High Voltage Dividers 0-1 (0-1 for 16 size panel) 0-4 (0-4 for 32 size panel) 0-6 (0-6 for 48 size panel) Factory installed in the lowest location of the panel # of High Voltage Barriers 0-1 (0-1 for 16 size panel) 0-3 (0-3 for 32 size panel) 0-5 (0-5 for 48 size panel) Factory installed in the lowest location of the panel # of STPRCs (See SXRC cut sheet) 0-4 cards (16 size) 0-8 cards (32 size) 0-12 cards (48 size)

Additional Options
Catalog # CKT LB CKT16 FK CKT32 FK CKT48 FK Description ControlKeeper TouchScreen ControlKeeper TouchScreen ControlKeeper TouchScreen ControlKeeper TouchScreen Logic Board (required per enclosure) 16 size Flushmount Kit (option) 32 size Flushmount Kit (option) 48 size Flushmount Kit (option)

Sample One-Line

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Network


25

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

CK4A, ControlKeeper 4A

Support for up to four 0-10V dimming ballast outputs Electrically held normally open as well as mechanically latched and two pole relays available Capable of mixed load voltages (120/277/347 VAC) as well as mixed sources (ie. normal and emergency power) 4 single pole or 2 two pole serial relays Open or closed loop control algorithms
Overview The ControlKeeper 4A network lighting control panel is a cost-effective specication grade lighting control system. Control up to 4 relays per panel with optional support for up to four 0-10V dimming ballast control outputs. Network up to 254 ControlKeeper panels for a state of the art lighting control system. System Includes UL listed UL 916 standard NEMA 1 enclosure 4 relays Support for 4 three-wire or 8 two-wire low voltage inputs 4 analog inputs Digita Switch interface Time schedules with astronomic clock Accessories Keeper Enterprise Network Software Ethernet Interface Module Automation Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Gateway/DMX Gateway Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides RS-232 port standard RS-485 network standard

Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount enclosure Size: 10H x 14W x 3.5D Transformer Ratings: Multi-tapped 120/277 VAC internally fused standard Optional 347 VAC internally fused Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 20 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF Programming: Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Latching Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277/347 VAC Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Provides a system SCCR rating of 10,000A Two Pole Relay Ratings: 20A, 208/240/480 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million System warranty: Three year Relay warranty: Ten year

CEPC Digita Switch Dry Contact Switches Contact Input or Analog Photocell Occupancy Sensor

Ordering This is a network-ready lighting control system. It can be combined with other ControlKeeper series panels to create a scalable networked lighting control scheme. It can be ordered with any suitable system option or accessory.
CK4A - SLRC -

Product CK4A ControlKeeper 4A

Transformer Voltage Blank 120/277 VAC 347 120/347 VAC Type of Relay Card SSRCNO SLRC SPTRMNO

UL Approval UL 916 listed

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure

ControlKeeper 4A

U5

Reflective Ceiling Plan

Sample Circuiting

Recessed General Lighting Luminaires

Circuit/Zone 1 Circuit/Zone 2 Outboard Lamps OFF Center Lamp Remains Circuit/Zone 3 ON (Full Output) Whiteboard Shuts OFF

Sample Switch Control


1. ON/OFF (General) 2. A/V Mode

Daylight Zone 1

Daylight Zone 2

Daylight Zone 3

Sample One-Line

(indoor photosensor) Up to four photosensors connect to ControlKeeper 4A

switches, occupancy sensors, and photosensors)

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Network


27

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

CK4, ControlKeeper 4

Capable of mixed load voltages (120/277 VAC) as well as mixed sources (ie. normal and emergency power) Normally open Relays are integral to control board
Overview The ControlKeeper 4 network lighting control panel is a cost-effective specication grade lighting control system that can control 4 relays per panel. Network up to 254 ControlKeeper panels for a state of the art lighting control system. System Includes UL listed UL 916 standard NEMA 1 enclosure 4 relays 4 low voltage input connections Digita Switch interface Time schedules with astronomic clock Accessories Keeper Enterprise Network Software Ethernet Interface Module Automation Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Gateway/DMX Gateway

Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount Size: 10H x 14W x 3.5D Transformer Ratings: 120 VAC or 277 VAC Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 20 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF Programming: PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Warranty: Three year

Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides RS-232 port standard RS-485 network standard CEPC Digita Switch Dry Contact Switch Contact Input Photosensor Occupancy Sensor

Ordering This is a network-ready lighting control system. It can be combined with other ControlKeeper series panels to create a scalable networked lighting control scheme.
CK4 - 120NO

Product CK4 ControlKeeper 4

Transformer Voltage 120NO 120 VAC Normally Open 277NO 277 VAC Normally Open

UL Approval UL 916 listed

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure

ControlKeeper 4
14"

10"

3.5"

Reflective Ceiling Plan

Sample Circuiting

Recessed General Lighting Luminaires

Circuit/Zone 1 Circuit/Zone 2 Outboard Lamps OFF Center Lamp Remains Circuit/Zone 3 ON (Full Output) Whiteboard Shuts OFF

Sample Switch Control


1. ON/OFF (General) 2. A/V Mode

Daylight Zone 1

Daylight Zone 2

Daylight Zone 3

Classroom or Office Solution with Whiteboard and AV Mode Option

Sample One-Line

switches, occupancy sensors, and photosensors)

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Network


29

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

CK2, ControlKeeper 2

Capable of mixed load voltages (120/277 VAC) as well as mixed sources (ie. normal and emergency power) Normally open relays Relays are built onto control board
Overview The ControlKeeper 2 network lighting control panel is a cost-effective specication grade lighting control system. Control 2 relays per panel. Network up to 254 ControlKeeper panels for a state of the art lighting control system. System Includes UL listed UL 916 standard NEMA 4X enclosure 2 relays 2 low voltage input connections Digita Switch interface Time schedules with astronomic clock Accessories Keeper Enterprise Network Software Ethernet Interface Module Automation Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Gateway/DMX Gateway

Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 4X surface mount Size: 7.5H x 11W x 5D Transformer Ratings: 120 VAC or 277 VAC Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 20 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF Programming: Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million System warranty: Three year

Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides RS-232 port standard RS-485 network standard CEPC Digita Switch Dry Contact Switch Contact Input Photosensor Occupancy Sensor

Ordering This is a network-ready lighting control system. It can be ordered with the ControlKeeper TouchScreen, ControlKeeper 4, ControlKeeper 4A, or additional ControlKeeper 2. It can also be ordered with any suitable system option or accessory.

CK2

- 120NO

Product CK2 Control Keeper 2

Voltage 120NO 120 VAC Normally Open 277NO 277 VAC Normally Open

UL Approval UL 916 listed

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure

ControlKeeper 2

Reflective Ceiling Plan


TIRC SCAL BARIA PEDS SCAL E E

CK2
PORTABLE X-RAY MTR. MTR. MTR. MTR. MTR. MTR. MTR. TV ICE MACHINE TV MTR. STRETCHER LINEN RECPT. HAMPER TRASH EXAM STOOL TV TV TV TV TV TV TV PROC. CART DEFIB. INSTRUMENTPEDS. CC TABLE PROC. CART PROC. CART PROC. CART PROC. CART PROC. CART PROC. CART PROC. CART

PEDS. CC

IV CART

EQUIPMENT CART

IV CART

CRASH CART

KICK BUCKET COPIER FAX SCAN PRINTER UNDER COUNTER REFRIG COFFEE UNDER COUNTER REFRIG COFFEE SUTURE CART

PROC. CART

MAYO

PYXIS

ICE MACHINE

ICE MACHINE

PYXIS

VIEWBOX CARDIAC MTR. PROC. CART

CK2
LINEN RECPT. HAMPER TRASH EXAM STOOL DEFIB. INSTRUMENT TABLE CRASH CART KICK BUCKET PROC. CART MAYO

ICE INE MACH

SUTURE CART TV

TRASH

SOILED LINEN

CRASH CART EXAM STOOL

BLANKET WARMER

LINEN CART EXAM STOOL

CASTING CART

TV

TV

TV

TV

TV

MTR.

MTR.

MTR.

MTR.

MTR.

WHITEBOARD

MTR.

The ControlKeeper 2 is the ideal solutionfor A/B switching of lighting loads for small offices or corridors.

Sample One-Line

switches, occupancy sensors, and photosensors)

panel

31 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Network

MTR. MTR. CORKBOARD TV

PROC. CART WIRE RACK PROC. CART PROC. CART PROC. CART PROC. CART TV LD APRN RACK MTR. TV TV

DEFIB. INSTRUMENT TABLE CRASH CART

PROC. CART

TV

CK2
TV

MTR.

MTR. LINEN RECPT. HAMPER TRASH MTR. PROC. CART PROC. CART MTR. PORTABLE X-RAY KICK BUCKET PROC. CART MAYO TV TV UNDER COUNTER

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

SXRC, Serial Relay Cards (CKT & CK4A Relay Panels)

Surge/Arc suppression for each relay

UL and cUL listed system Rated for 10 million mechanical operations Relay override for each relay LED status indication of relay state Communication LED for system diagnostics 4 single pole or 2 two pole relays
Modular design (plugs into the IntelliRelay bus communication system)

Specifications:
Serial Standard Relay Card (SSRC) Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Serial Latching Relay Card (SLRC) Ratings: 20A, 120/277/347 VAC Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Provides a system SCCR rating of 10,000A Serial Two Pole Relay Card (STPRC) Ratings: 20A, 208/240/480 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Relay warranty: Ten year

Overview The Serial Relay Card is a paradigm shift in the industry. A new serial communication approach greatly enhances system function allowing the controller to talk to the intelligent relays. The Serial Relay Card (SxRC) is a standard feature in ControlKeeper TouchScreen and ControlKeeper 4A lighting control systems. It provides up to four relays per card, depending on type. Description The IntelliRelay design provides a communication protocol between the controller board and the relays. The controller polls the relays to ascertain their configuration and their location. The controller then builds them into the system automatically. The installer or end user does not need to spend time configuring the relays in the controller. Ordering
Catalog # SSRC NO SLRC STPRC NO Relay Type Serial Standard Relay Card normally open Serial Latching Relay Card Serial Two Pole Relay Card normally open

UL Approval UL 916 listed system

Wiring Diagrams

Serial Relay Cards

Serial Standard Relay Card

Serial Latching Relay Card

Serial Two Pole Relay Card

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Network Relay Cards


33

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

LK16, LK32 LiteKeeper 16 and 32

Capable of mixed load voltages (120/277/347 VAC) as well as mixed sources (ie. normal and emergency power) Manual and programmable control of each relay via a simple keypad and 4 line LCD display Normally open, latched, and two pole parallel relays available Flush mount kit and voltage separation barrier available Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount, lockable Size: LK16: 18H x 15W x 6.25D (up to 16 relays) LK32: 30H x 15W x 6.25D (up to 32 relays) Transformer Ratings: Multi-tapped 120/277 VAC internally fused standard Optional 347 VAC internally fused Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 75 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF Programming: Onboard keypad and LCD display Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Latching Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277/347 VAC Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Provides a system SCCR rating of 10,000A Two Pole Relay Ratings: 20A, 208/240/480 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million System warranty: Three year Relay warranty: Ten year

Overview The LiteKeeper stand-alone lighting control panel is an all-inclusive premium grade system for applications that would traditionally use a timeclock in conjunction with contactors. Control up to 32 relays per panel. Several relay options and more standard features than any other stand-alone panel on the market combine to create a state of the art stand-alone lighting control system. System Includes UL listed UL 916 standard NEMA 1 enclosure 32 low voltage input connections Digita Switch interface Time schedules with astronomic clock Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Accessories Keeper Enterprise Software Ethernet Interface Module Automation Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Digita Switch Dry Contact Switches

Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides Keypad and 4 line LCD display RS-232 port standard UL Listed - UL 924 with RIM

Contact Input Photosensor Occupancy Sensor Voltage Separation Barrier Flush Mount Kit CEPC RIM

Ordering All LiteKeeper lighting control panels require a Logic Board (LK LB). The logic board is shipped separately from the enclosure and is listed as a separate line item. When ordering any of the below models, you must also order the LK LB. See next/back page for Ordering details.

UL Approval UL 916 listed UL 924 with RIM

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure

LiteKeeper 16 and 32
LK32

High Voltage Barrier and Dividers

LK16

High Voltage Separation Barrier

High Voltage Wiring Compartment System Power Suppy

Ordering
Product Size LK16 LiteKeeper 16 LK32 LiteKeeper 32 Voltage 120/277 220/230 120/347

LK16

120/277

- S1

L1

MO

TO

HVB1

# of High Voltage Barriers 0-1 (16 size) 0-2 (32 size) Factory installed in the lowest location of the panel

# of SRCs 0-2 cards (16 size) 0-4 cards (32 size) (See XRC cut sheet)

# of TPRCs 0-2 cards (16 size) 0-4 cards (32 size) (See XRC cut sheet)

Additional Options
Catalog # LK LB LK 16 FK LK 32 FK

# of LRCs 0-2 cards (16 size) 0-4 cards (32 size) (See XRC cut sheet)

LiteKeeper Logic Board (required per enclosure) LiteKeeper 16 size Flushmount Kit (option) LiteKeeper 32 size Flushmount Kit (option)

# of MRCs 0-2 cards (16 size) 0-4 cards (32 size) (See XRC cut sheet)

Sample One-Line
logic board are removed for clarity.

Logic Board
Qty 8 - 20 amp 120/277 VAC single pole relays per card

120/277 VAC double tap transformer standard 120/347 VAC double tap transformer is available for Canada

switches, occupancy sensors and photosensors)

120 VAC wall transformer included

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Stand-Alone


35

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

LK8, LiteKeeper 8

Manual and programmable control of each relay via a simple keypad and 2 line LCD display Normally open, latched, and two pole relays available Uses parallel relay cards Flush mount kit available

Keypad and LCD for simplified programming

Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount, lockable Size: 14H x 9.5W x 5D or 7D Transformer Ratings: Multi-tapped 120/277 VAC internally fused standard Optional 347 VAC internally fused Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 40 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Mater Override: ON/AUTO/OFF Programming: Onboard keypad and LCD display Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Latching Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277/347 VAC Maximum wire size: 6 AW Mechanical operations: 10 million Provides a system SCCR rating of 10,000A Two Pole Relay Ratings: 20A, 208/240/480 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million System warranty: Three year Relay warranty: Ten year

Overview The LiteKeeper 8 stand-alone lighting control panel is an all-inclusive premium grade system for applications that would traditionally use a timeclock in conjunction with contactors. Control up to 8 relays per panel. Several relay options and more standard features than any other stand-alone panel on the market combine to create a state of the art stand-alone lighting control system. System Includes UL Listed UL 916 standard NEMA 1 enclosure 8 relays 8 low voltage input connections Time schedules with astronomic clock Accessories Keeper Enterprise Software Ethernet Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Flush Mount Kit Digita Switch Ordering See next/back page for Ordering details.

Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides Keypad and 2 line LCD display RS-232 port standard

Dry Contact Switches Contact Input Photosensor Occupancy Sensor CEPC

UL Approval UL 916 listed

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure

LiteKeeper 8
LK8 9.5 LK8-LRC, MRC, TPRC 9.5

5 14 14

Ordering

LK8 - LRC

Product LK8 LiteKeeper 8

Options LRC MRC TPRC 347

Latching Relay Card (see Spec Cut Sheet) Modular Relay Card (see Spec Cut Sheet) Two Pole Relay Card (see Spec Cut Sheet) (Canada 347VAC transformer with LRC)

Additional Options
Catalog # LK 8 FK Description LiteKeeper 8 size Flushmount Kit (option)

Sample One-Line

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Stand-Alone


37

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

LK4, LiteKeeper 4

Manual and programmable control of each relay via a simple keypad and 2 line LCD display Normally open relays Relays are built onto control board

Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1 surface mount, lockable Size: 9.5H x 14W x 3.25D Transformer Ratings: 120 VAC or 277 VAC Power Use Ratings: Fully loaded panel 20 watts Operating Temp. Ratings: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Master Override: ON/AUTO/OFF Programming: Onboard keypad and LCD display Optional PC Software Standard Relay Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Warranty: Three year

Overview The LiteKeeper 4 stand-alone lighting control panel is an all-inclusive premium grade system for applications that would traditionally use a timeclock in conjunction with contactors. Each panel allows control of up to four 20A circuits. The LiteKeeper 4 has more standard features than any other standalone panel on the market to create a state of the art stand-alone lighting control system. System Includes UL Listed UL 916 standard NEMA 1 enclosure 4 20A relays 4 low voltage input connections Time schedules with astronomic clock Accessories Keeper Enterprise Software Ethernet Interface Module Telephone Interface Module Dry Contact Switch Ordering
Catalog # LK4-120NO LK4-277NO # of Relays 4 4 Input Voltage 120 VAC 277 VAC Relay Type 120/277 VAC standard, normally open 120/277 VAC standard, normally open

Prioritization and masking of switch inputs, time schedules, and remotes Timed inputs Occupant warn-off and overrides Keypad and 2 line LCD display RS-232 port standard

Contact Input Photosensor Occupancy Sensor CEPC

UL Approval UL 916 Listed

Wiring Diagrams
Enclosure

LiteKeeper 4

Sample One-Line

Lighting control panel power supply: Voltage specific transformer. Specify 120 VAC or 277 VAC for the transformer voltage. Typical Occupancy Sensor for On/Off control Typical Photosensor for On/Off control
+24 ON

PCI LITEKEEPER 12:OO O1/O1/95

1 4 7 *

2 5 8 0

3 6 9 #

A B C D

4 low voltage inputs (Momentary, Maintained, Alternate Action switches, occupancy sensors and photosensors) Each input is software programmable to . control any relay or group of relays

The Ethernet Interface Module (EIM) and Wireless Ethernet Interface Module (WEIM) may be connected to any lighting control pane in the system using the RS-232 cable included

120 VAC wall transformer included

End user computers can program any lighting control panel via the Wireless Ethernet Interface Module (WEIM) using the Keeper Enterprise software.

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Stand-Alone


39

Line Load A Line Load B Line Load C Line Load D

Typical relay wiring:

Standard relay information Qty 4 - 20 amp 120/277 VAC single pole relays Available normally open or normally closed Individual status LED manual overrides 10 AWG maximum wire size 10 million operations 3 year warranty

OFF

OFF

OFF

+24

OFF

+24

+24

ON

ON

ON

+24VDC

DC GND

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

XRC, Parallel Relay Cards (LiteKeeper Relay Panels)

Standard Relay Card

UL and CUL listed system Modular design 8 single pole or 4 two pole parallel relays per card
Overview The Parallel Relay Card (xRC) is a standard feature in the LiteKeeper lighting control systems. Each Parallel Relay Card contains 8, 20 amp relays. Specify up to 4 total relay cards per enclosure. Description Electronic arc suppression is incorporated into the relay design, prolonging contact life. Self aligning connectors on the Parallel Relay Card allows easy eld expansion. You can add another standard or any of the optional relay cards to a system at any time (enclosure size allowing). Installation No additional installation required. The Parallel Relay Card(s) (xRCs) attach directly to your specied enclosure. Ordering This is a standard feature in the LiteKeeper lighting control systems. When specifying one of these systems, specify enclosure size, and types of relay cards. Mix and match any combination of standard and optional relay cards to create a custom system tailored to meet your needs.
Catalog # SRC LRC Relay Type Standard Relay Card with 8 20A 120/277 VAC normally open relays Latching Relay Card with 8 20A 120/277/347 VAC latching relays

Specifications:
Standard Relay Card (SRC) Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC Normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Latching Relay Card (LRC) Ratings: 20A, 120/277/347 VAC Maximum wire size: 6 AWG Mechanical operations: 10 million Provides a system SCCR rating of 10,000A Modular Relay Card (MRC) Ratings: 20A, 120/277 VAC normally open 20A, 120/277/347 VAC (LRM) 20A, 208/240/480 VAC normally open Maximum wire size: 10 AWG (SRM) or 6 AWG (LRM, TPRM) Mechanical operations: 10 million Two Pole Relay Card (TPRC) Ratings: 20A, 120/277/347/208/240/480 VAC Maximum wire size: 12 AWG Mechanical operations: 60,000 Warranty: Ten year

MRC Relay Card Options for LK8, LK16, LK32 MRC SRM NO TPRM NO Modular Relay Card (Included in LK8 w/MRC) Standard Relay Module Card 20 amp 120/277 VAC single pole normally open relay (1 relay space) Two Pole Module 20 amp 208/240/480 VAC two pole normally open relay (2 relay spaces)

TPRC Relay Card Options for LK8, LK16, LK32 TPRC SPR347 TPR208 Two pole relay card (Included with LK8 w/TPRC) Single pole relay card 20 amp 120/277/347 VAC single pole relay (1 relay space) Two pole relay card 20 amp 208/240 VAC two pole relay (1 relay space) Two pole relay card 20 amp 480 VAC two pole relay (2 relay spaces)

UL Approval UL 916 Listed system

TPR480

Wiring Diagram

Parallel Relay Cards

Latching Relay Card

Modular Relay Card

Two Pole Relay Card

41 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Stand-Alone Relay Cards

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

TK16, TK32 TracKeeper

Track light current limiting panel Helps your design meet energy codes Allows track lighting installations to be based on volt-ampere rating of load instead of track length Available in 16 or 32 circuit panels Circuit breaker sizes range from 0.5 to 60A Surface or flush mount options Factory assembled and ready to install
Overview The TracKeeper current limiting panel for track lighting allows designers to easily meet energy codes. Limiting the branch circuit volt-ampere rating with the TracKeeper provides you with a xed power consumption limit for your installation as opposed to calculated values based on watts per linear foot of track. Designers can now specify as many linear feet of track as desired without paying a penalty. Additionally, the use of high efciency luminaires will often yield a lower watts/linear foot number than is specied in the code. Keep your track lighting installation options open with the TracKeeper. System Includes NEMA 1 enclosure Hinged locking door As many as 16 or 32 circuit breakers Ordering Specify enclosure size, mounting option, voltage and number of circuit breakers desired. See next/back page for Ordering details.

Specifications:
Enclosure: NEMA 1, 14 gauge steel, hinged locking door Surface or ush mount Surface Size: 16 circuit: 10H X 14W X 3 3/8D 32 circuit: 16H X 14W X 3 3/8D Flush Size: 16 circuit: 11 1/2H X 15 1/2W X 3 3/8D 32 circuit: 17 1/2H X 15 1/2W X 3 3/8D AIC rating: 10,000A, 120 VAC; 6,000A, 277 VAC Available circuit breaker ratings (A): 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 13, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 32, 40, 50, 60 Circuit breaker wire size range: 14 to 6 AWG Operating Temp. Ratings: 23 to 140F (-5C to 60C) Relative Humidity: 0 - 95% non-condensing System warranty: Three year

TK16

120

Product TK16 (16 size) TK32 (32 size) Voltage 120 VAC 277 VAC

Mounting Option S Surface F Flush

# of Breakers 0-16 cards (16 size) 0-32 cards (32 size)

UL Approval UL 508A Listed

Example: TK16-120-14-F species a 16 circuit ush mount enclosure with 15 120V circuit breakers.

Panel Schedule

TracKeeper 16 & 32

Trackeeper Track Light Current Limiting Panel Specication Sheet Project: Prepared by: Catalog #: Comments: Step 1 - Selected panel operating voltage: Step 2 - Select enclosure mounting option: Step 3 - Select panel circuit size: Step 4 - Specify number of installed circuit breakers: (120V or 277V) (Surface or Flush Mount) (TK16 or TK32) (1) Date:

Step 5 - Specify each circuit breaker rating: Circuit Breaker 1 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 2 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 3 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 4 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 5 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 6 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 7 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 8 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 9 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 10 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 11 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 12 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 13 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 14 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 15 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 16 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 17 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 18 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 19 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 20 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 21 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 22 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 23 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 24 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 25 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 26 Rating (A)

Circuit Breaker 28 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 29 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 30 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 31 Rating (A) Circuit Breaker 32 Rating (A)

Provide Panel schedule indicating circuit breaker ratings for each location. Visit www.coopercontrol.com for the form. Once completed print and fax your completed form with your purchase order to 800-954-7016, or email a PDF to ControlsCustomerService@cooperindustries.com

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Current Limiting


43

Circuit Breaker 27 Rating (A)

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

GDS, Greengate Digital Switch


24 VDC supply voltage via the network Capable of controlling loads over entire lighting network Integrates with Keeper Enterprise Software or On-Board programming display Create custom lighting configurations for each button Class 2 low voltage wiring All plastic construction with a separate decorator style snap-on surround Suitable for standard single and multigang NEMA wall box with decorator style wallplate Choice of large or small buttons A range of seven standard wall station templates can be selected Tested to withstand 12kV electrostatic discharge without damage of memory loss Includes single gang screwless wallplate
GDS-3TLB GDS-6TSB

Overview The Digital Switch is available for the ControlKeeper M series of lighting control panels. It is a decorator style switch with up to six buttons offers ON/OFF control of any relay or group of relays in the lighting control network. Description The Digital Switch permits multiple control stations to be connected to the lighting control panels. The control stations provide override and status feedback. Advanced system features such as masking and priorities are standard on all lighting control panels and can be applied to these switches to make your application both contractor and user friendly. Installation The Digital Switch ts in a single or multi-gang NEMA wall box and has a standard decorator style opening to permit single or multi-gang congurations. The Digital Switches are networked together using the LCCNP or LCCP wire (provided by Cooper Controls) and can connect to the ControlKeeper M lighting control panel. Up to 32 Digital Switch stations may be wired to a single lighting control panel. Ordering This is an accessory for ControlKeeper M lighting control systems. When ordering, specify the Digital Switch as a separate system accessory. See next/back page for custom and preset engraving options.
GDS - 1 - TLB - W -

Specifications:
Communications: Canbus (requires Digita Gateway) Warranty: Three year

Product GDS Greengate Digital Switch Number of Buttons 1-3 (Large Button) 2, 4, 5, 6 (Small Button) Button size TLB Large Buttons TSB Small Buttons

Blank Zone1, Zone 2, Zone 3, etc. CE - Custom Engraved (Requires Custom Engraving Form) T1 Preset Engraving Based on Conguration (see back page)

Insert Color W White B Black V Ivory

Engraving Options

Digital Switch

Custom Engraving (Option CE) Guidelines Small button custom engraving, maximum 1 line, 11 characters. Large button cusom engraving, maximum 2 lines, 11 characters per line. Visit our website at www.coopercontrol.com to download the custom engraving form. Custom engraving form must be included when ordering. Allow 4 weeks for delivery. Preset Engraving Based on Conguration Preset engraving options to simplify ordering. Preset engraving options vary based on button congurations, see chart below. Allow 4 weeks for delivery.

Catalog GDS-1TLB-* GDS-2TLB-* GDS-3TLB-*

Button # 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6

T1 Engraving On/Off On Off On/Off AV Auto On/Off On/Off Row 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 On/Off Whiteboard General AV Auto On/Off Whiteboard Window General AV Auto

GDS-2TSB-*

GDS-4TSB-*

GDS-5TSB-*

GDS-6TSB-*

System Schematic
GDS Cable type: Cooper LCCNP or Cooper LCCP or Belden 1502, maximum distance 1000 feet per GDS network

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper M Relay Panel Power Metering

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6

ControlKeeper T Relay Panel

ControlKeeper 4A Distributed 0-10V Dimming panel Ethernet link: Programming access or Power Metering data access

Q1

NETWORK

LED1

C1

PCI 2005

CAN-RX
LED4

CAN-TX
LED5 C5

Q2

K1

50-022110-01

U4 U2

SW2

MOV2

TB2

LED3

U6

K2

SWIN PIC RS-232-SP

RSC PIC

C14

0 OHM OPT-47K

LED9

Gnd

STATUS

LED7

SWIN STAT
1
LED8

U4

U3

POWER

REMOTE

J7

J8

TB2

ANALOG INPUTS

LOCAL

TB3

TB4

DIMMING OUTPUTS

TB5

SWITCH INPUTS

TB6

LSO TEST

ANALOG INPUTS
+24 GND

DIMMING OUTPUTS
DO RTN DO RTN DO RTN 3 3 2 2 1 1

SWITCH INPUTS AND LIGHTED SWITCH OUTS


DO RTN IN +24 4 4 1 IN LS 1 2 IN +24 IN LS 4 2 3
TP1

AN AN AN AN 2 3 4 1

ANALOG GND

IN +24 IN LS IN 5 6 3 7

+24

IN 8

LS 4

To other lighting control panels Cable type: Belden 9841 or equal Maximum distance 4000 feet per network

K4

LOAD

RESET PICS

SD1

SW4

LINE

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Q4

Ethernet link: Programming access or Power Metering data access

MOV3

TB3

Q3

SW3

K3

RSC STAT
L1

LED5

U2

PCI-NET TERM

PE-52627 PE-52647 or Talema SWV-0-90-330

MOV4

TB4

LOAD

LINE

LOAD

U1

LINE

LOAD

LINE

SW1

SW2

X4 SRC

ALL OFF

ALL ON

TB1

LED2

LED3

54-022510-

MOV1

LED1

ADDRESS

50-022510-00

To other lighting control panels

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


45

ControlKeeper M Relay Panel Power Metering

RS-232 DIGITA PCI-NET PCI-NET +NET -NET

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Digita Switch (Standard)

Digita 5-5B Digita 1

Capable of controlling loads over multiple panels Integrates with Keeper Enterprise Software to simplify programming Create custom lighting configurations for each button Class 2 low voltage

Overview The Digita Switch is an optional feature available for Greengate lighting control panels. A decorator style switch with up to ve buttons offers ON/OFF control of relay groups with the touch of a button. The Digita Switch also provides scene control and raise/lower control of lighting loads when used in conjunction with the ControlKeeper 4A lighting control panel. Description The Digita Switch permits multiple control stations to be connected to the lighting control panels. The control stations provide local overrides and status feedback. Advanced system features such as masking and prioritization can be applied to these switches to make your application both contractor and end user friendly. Installation The Digita Switch ts into a standard decorator style opening and can be networked together using Cooper LCCP Cable, Cooper LCCNP Cable, or Belden 1502 Cable. Set the address on the back of the switch and control up to 99,999 relay groups. Ordering This is an accessory for Greengate lighting control systems (except LK4). When ordering, specify the Digita Switch as a separate system accessory. When ordering switch stations with custom engraving submit a drawing documenting the labeling requirements.
Catalog # Digita 1 Digita 5 DG2 Description One button decorator style rocker See next/back page for Ordering information Digita Switch Gateway required per digital switch network connection

Specifications:
Communications: Canbus (Requires Digita Gateway) Warranty: Three year

* For Custom Labeling see next/back page for more information.

Ordering

Digita Switch
Digita 5 - 5B - D2

5 = 5 LED pushbuttons

1B 2B 3B 4B 5B

= 1 LED pushbutton = 2 LED pushbutton = 3 LED pushbutton = 4 LED pushbutton = 5 LED pushbutton

Blank = Zone 1 - Zone 5 S1 ON/OFF, A/V Mode S2 ON/OFF, A/V Mode, Whiteboard S3 ON/OFF, A/V Mode, Quiet S4 ON/OFF, A/V Mode, Whiteboard, Quiet D1 ON/OFF, A/V Mode, Raise, Lower D2 ON/OFF, A/V Mode, Raise, Lower, Whiteboard DX Raise, Lower DM ON/OFF, Preset, Raise, Lower CE Customer dened requires custom engraved form at placement of order

The Digita Switch is available in multiple standard engraved options. Simply append the Controller Model to the appropriate Digita Switch. (Example: Digita5-3B52 or Digita5-5BD2)

1. ON/OFF (General) 2. A/V MODE

1. 2. 3. 4.
S4

ON/OFF (General) A/V MODE QUIET TIME WHITEBOARD


DX

1. RAISE 2. LOWER

S1

1. ON/OFF (General) 2. A/V MODE 3. WHITEBOARD

1. 2. 3. 4.
D1

ON/OFF (General) RAISE (Manual Dim up) LOWER (Manual Dim down) A/V MODE (Auto Dim to 20%)
DM

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

ON OFF PRESET RAISE LOWER

S2

1. ON/OFF (General) 2. A/V MODE 3. QUIET TIME


S3 D2

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

ON/OFF (General) RAISE (Manual Dim up) LOWER (Manual Dim Down) A/V MODE (Auto Dim to 20%) WHITEBOARD (ON/OFF)

System Schematic

Cabling is Cooper LC Cable, Belden 1502R or Belden 1502P. Switch wiring is daisy chained from station to station. Total network length can not exceed 1000 feet. The Greengate Digital Switch - Interface device may be anywhere in the switch network. The two end devices must have the 120 Ohm termination devices provided with the Greengate Digital Switch - Interface installed to terminate the CAN-H and CAN-L wires.

To Lighting Controller Peripheral Power Connector Digita 5 - 2B Digita 5 - 3B To Lighting Controller Digita Switch Port Digita 5 - 5B Digita 1

Network Terminator 120 Ohm Resistor

DG2

Network Terminator 120 Ohm Resistor

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


47

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

GMDS, Momentary Decorator Switch

When pressed, momentary contact establishes circuit contact in the closed position. When not pressed, the switch is in the (open) position. Thermoplastic rocker, top, and backbody are virtually unbreakable to deliver years of durable performance Tri-combo screw heads offer greater installation flexibility

Specifications:
Switch Ratings: 3 Amps, 24 VAC/VDC Switch Type: Momentary Contact

Overview The Momentary Decorator Switch is a system accessory for the Greengate Lighting Control System. This switch is recommended for most low voltage switching applications and ts a standard decorator wallplate. Description The Momentary Decorator Switch is a low voltage contact closure device used with Greengate Lighting Control Panels and Occupancy Sensors. When toggled, the switch momentarily makes a contact closure to the lighting control panel or occupancy sensor, sending an ON signal. When not pressed, the switch is in the (open) position. Installation This System Accessory will require wall mounting and wiring at the site. Ordering This is an accessory for the Greengate Lighting Control System. It is not an integral part of the system. There is no factory assembly needed.
Catalog # GMDS-W GMDS-V Description Momentary Decorator Switch Momentary Decorator Switch Color White Ivory

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

GMDS, Momentary Decorator Switch


Bi-level Switching

Dimensions
1.44" (38.58mm)
0.97" (24.64mm)

3.28" (83.31mm)

3.81" (98.81mm) 4.19" (106.4mm)

2.72" (69.09mm)

3.28" (83.31mm)

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


49

3.81" (98.81mm)

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Momentary Toggle Switches

Quiet, single pole, double-throw momentary operation Momentary contact switches establish circuit contact in either up or down closed positions; center position open 0.050 (1.27mm) thick steel mounting strap zinc-plated for corrosion resistance Combination slot/Phillips head mounting and terminal screws ease installation Optional key operated model Fits conventional toggle switch openings
Overview The Momentary Toggle Switches are a system accessory for the Greengate Lighting Control System. These switches are recommended for most low voltage switching applications and t standard switch plate openings. Description The Momentary Toggle Switch is a low voltage contact closure switch used with Greengate Lighting Control Panels. When toggled up the switch momentarily makes a contact closure to the lighting control panel, sending an ON signal and when toggled down the switch momentarily makes a contact closure to the lighting control panel, sending an OFF signal. These switches have 0.050 (1.27mm) zinc-plated thick steel mounting straps for corrosion resistance and the combination slot/Phillips head mounting and terminal screws make for ease of installation. Installation This System Accessory will require wall mounting and wiring at the site. Switch Ordering This is an accessory for the Greengate Lighting Control Systems. It is not an integral part of the systems. There is no factory assembly needed.
Catalog # GMT-* (W-White G-Gray, V-Ivory) GMTL-N (Satin Nickel) Description 3 position Momentary Switch, up or down closed, center open Rating 24 VAC/VDC

GMT-*

GMTL-N

Specifications:
Size: 2.31x 1.00x 1.31 (58.7mm x 25.4mm x 33.3mm) Switch Ratings: 24 VAC/VDC Switch Type: Momentary contact

3 position Momentary Locking Switch, up or down closed, center open

24 VAC/VDC

* Available Colors: W-White, G-Gray, V-Ivory

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

Momentary Toggle Switch

GMT-*, 24 VAC/VDC; Momentary single pole,


double-throw with center position rest GMTL-N, 24 VAC/VDC; Momentary Locking single pole, double-throw with center position rest

Wallplate Ordering
1 1 T S

Number of Gangs 1-7 (Must match number of Gangs) Number of Switches 1-7 (Must match number of Gangs)

Color S Stainless Steel W White V Ivory Wallplate Type T Toggle

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


51

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Key Switches and Wallplates

3-Wire Momentary Switch 2-Wire Maintained Switch Class 2 low voltage

Specifications:
Construction: Stainless Steel Wall Plate: Plastic, Stainless Steel Switch Rating: 4A, 28V DC Switch Type: Maintained or Momentary Contact

Overview Key Low Voltage Switches and Wallplates are a system accessory for the Greengate lighting control systems. The switches provide switch control of specific relay outputs or groups of relay outputs. Description Key Switches are used in conjunction with Greengate lighting control systems to switch relay circuits ON or OFF from each lighting location. The low voltage key switches are wired into the inputs of the control panel and, through programming, are linked to control one or more output relays. Our lighting control systems can accept any low voltage dry contact switch. Installation This System Accessory will require wall mounting and wiring at the site. Switch Ordering This is an accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It is not an integral part of the systems. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering specify the types of Wall Switches desired and quantities of each. Wallplate Ordering When ordering switches always order wallplates. See next/back page for details.
Catalog # MOM-Key MAIN-Key KEY116 Description Momentary Key Switch Maintained Key Switch 1 Gang, 1 Switch Stainless Steel Wallplate

Wallplate Options

Key Switches and Wallplates

Overview Switches are not included with wallplates and must be ordered separately. Use this as a guide for selecting correct plate color/nish and switch color. If color/nish specications are not received along with your order for plates and switches, stainless steel switches with stainless steel wallplates will be shipped.

One Gang/One Switch


Stainless Steel Part Number: KEY116

Custom Wallplates If the wallplate you are looking for is not on this sheet, it will be a custom wallplate. Custom Wallplates can have any conguration. Please submit a detailed drawing containing the custom wallplate conguration and any engraving information. Please contact factory for the part number and price. For delivery allow 4 to 6 weeks from receipt of order. Custom Engraving (Option CE) Guidelines Low Voltage wall plate supports a maximum of 2 lines, 10 characters per line. Please contact factory for the part number and pricing. Please include a drawing showing wall plate conguration and engraving information. Allow 4-6 weeks for delivery once the drawings have been approved.

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


53

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Low Voltage Three-Wire Momentary Switches and Wallplates


Incandescent pilot lighted switches available Push on terminals Standard and custom wallplates Class 2 low voltage
Overview The low voltage three-wire momentary switches and wallplates are a system accessory for the Greengate lighting control systems. The switches provide switch control for specic relay outputs or groups of relay outputs. Description The low voltage three-wire momentary switchess are used to switch relay circuits ON or Off from each switch location. The low voltage three-wire momentary switches are wired into the inputs of the control panel and, through programming, are linked to control one or more output relays. The panels can accept any low voltage dry contact switch. Installation This system accessory will require wall mounting and wiring at the site. Switch Ordering This is an accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It is not an integral part of the panels. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering specify the types of Wall Switches desired and quantities of each. Wallplate Ordering When ordering switches always order wallplates. See next/back page for details.
Catalog # RS232 RS232K RS232P RS232PK RA232 RS237 RS237K RS237P RS237PK RA237 RS239 RS239K RS239P RA239 Description Ivory Momentary Switch Ivory Momentary Key Switch Ivory Momentary Pilot Switch (must order Lighted Switch Card with LK16/32) Ivory Momentary Pilot Key Switch (must order Lighted Switch Card with LK16/32) Ivory Switch Blank White Momentary Switch White Momentary Key Switch White Momentary Pilot Switch (must order Lighted Switch Card with LK16/32) White Momentary Pilot Key Switch (must order Lighted Switch Card with LK16/32) White Switch Blank Gray Momentary Switch Gray Momentary Key Switch Gray Momentary Pilot Switch (must order Lighted Switch Card with LK16/32) Gray Switch Blank

Specifications:
Construction: High impact plastic Wallplate: Plastic, Stainless Steel Switch Rating: 3A, 24V AC/DC Switch Type: SPDT, Momentary Contact

Wallplate Options

Low Voltage Three-Wire Momentary Switches and Wallplates

Overview Switches are not included with wallplates and must be ordered separately. Use this as a guide for selecting correct plate color/nish and switch color. If color/nish specications are not received along with your order for plates and switches, white switches with stainless steel wallplates will be shipped.

One Gang/One Switch


Ivory Part Number: RP2112 Stainless Steel Part Number: RP2116 White Part Number: RP2117 Gray Part Number: RP2119

One Gang/Two Switch


Ivory Part Number: RP2122 Stainless Steel Part Number: RP2126 White Part Number: RP2127 Gray Part Number: RP2129

Two Gang/Two Switch


Stainless Steel Part Number: RP2226

Two Gang/Three Switch


Ivory Part Number: RP2232 Stainless Steel Part Number: RP2236 White Part Number: RP2237 Gray Part Number: RP2239

Eight Switch Master Plate


Stainless Steel Part Number: RMP235 This wallplate is not engraved by Cooper Controls

Two Gang/Four Switch


Ivory Part Number: RP2242 Stainless Steel Part Number: RP2246 White Part Number: RP2247 Gray Part Number: RP2249

Custom Wallplates If the wallplate you are looking for is not on this sheet, it will be a custom wallplate. Custom wallplates can have any conguration. Please submit a detailed drawing containing the custom wallplate conguration and any engraving information. Please contact factory for the part number and price. For delivery allow 4 to 6 weeks from receipt of order. Custom Engraving (Option CE) Guidelines Low Voltage wall plate supports a maximum of 2 lines, 10 characters per line. Please contact factory for the part number and pricing. Please include a drawing showing wall plate conguration and engraving information. Allow 4-6 weeks for delivery once the drawings have been approved.

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


55

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Low Voltage Two-Wire Momentary Switches and Wallplates

Red or Green LED indicators available Push on terminals Class 2 low voltage

Specifications:
Construction: High impact plastic Wallplate: Stainless Steel Switch Rating: 3A, 24V AC/DC Switch Type: Alternate Action, Momentary Contact

Overview The low voltage two-wire momentary switches and wallplates are a system accessory for the Greengate lighting control systems. The switches provide switch control for specic relay outputs or groups of relay outputs. Description The low voltage two-wire momentary switches are used in conjunction with Greengate lighting control systems to switch relay circuits ON or OFF from each lighting location. The low voltage two-wire momentary switches are wired into the inputs of the control panel and, through programming, are linked to control one or more output relays. The panels can accept any low voltage dry contact switch. Installation This system accessory will require wall mounting and wiring at the site. It requires a Lighted Switch Card (LSC) when used with the LiteKeeper 16 and 32. Switch Ordering This is an accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It is not an integral part of the panels. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering specify the types of Wall Switches desired and quantities of each. Wallplate Ordering When ordering switches always order wallplates. See next/back page for details.
Catalog # AMLR AMLG AML AML 116 Description Switch with Red LED Switch with Green LED Switch with no LED One Gang, 1 Switch Stainless Steel Wallplate

Wallplate Options

Low Voltage Two-Wire Momentary Switches and Wallplates

Overview Switches are not included with wallplates and must be ordered separately. Use this as a guide for selecting correct plate color/nish and switch color. If color/nish specications are not received along with your order for plates and switches, white switches with stainless steel wallplates will be shipped.

One Gang/One Switch


Stainless Steel Part Number: AML116

Custom Wallplates If the wallplate you are looking for is not on this sheet, it will be a custom wallplate. Custom wallplates can have any conguration. Please submit a detailed drawing containing the custom wallplate conguration and any engraving information. Please contact factory for the part number and price. For delivery allow 4 to 6 weeks from receipt of order. Custom Engraving (Option CE) Guidelines Low Voltage wall plate supports a maximum of 2 lines, 10 characters per line. Please contact factory for the part number and pricing. Please include a drawing showing wall plate conguration and engraving information. Allow 4-6 weeks for delivery once the drawings have been approved.

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


57

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Line Voltage Automatic Turn-Off Switch

Standard wall switch ON/OFF operation Mechanically resets to OFF automatically when input power to the unit is interrupted for five seconds or longer Toggle or Decorator (Rocker) Uses standard wallplates (not included with unit) Eliminates false triggering when used with occupancy sensors 347 VAC available by special order Specifications:
Construction: High impact plastic Switch Rating: (G5, G5-D-*, G5T, G5T-D-*) 5A, 120/240/277 VAC, 60hz (G20, G20-D-*, G20T, G20T-D-*) 20A, 120/240/277 VAC, 60hz *Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory Switch Type: Two-wire connection, SPST Three-wire connection, SPDT - three-way
G5-D-W G5T

Overview Line Voltage Automatic Turn-Off Switches are a system accessory for ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems. It allows local line voltage override control of the lights in a time-based system. Description This system accessory is used to manually turn lighting ON and OFF outside of the lighting control systems time-based schedule. These switches provide practical and economical solutions for individual local override capabilities in multiple rooms or specic areas controlled by a single relay. Two, three-way Line Voltage Automatic Turn-Off switches can be combined to replace conventional three-way switches. Use with occupancy sensors to provide Manual ON/Automatic OFF operation. Installation This System Accessory will require wall mounting and wiring at the site. Switch Ordering This is an accessory for the Greengate Lighting Control Systems. See next/back page for wallplate ordering details.
Catalog # G5 G5-D-* G5T G5T-D-* G20 G20-D-* G20T G20T-D-* Description Single Pole, Clear Toggle Single Pole, Decorator Three-way, Clear Toggle Three-way, Decorator Single Pole, Clear Toggle Single Pole, Decorator Three-way, Clear Toggle Three-way, Decorator

*Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

Line Voltage Automatic Turn-Off Switch


Travelers must cross
R R

Line Voltage Automatic Turn-Off Switch with Relay Panel

Load

Typical relay wiring:


Line Load A

Two Location Operation

Load High Voltage wiring compartment The logic board is removed for clarity. Single Location Operation

Line Voltage Automatic Turn-Off Switch with Relay Panel & Occupancy Sensor
Typical relay wiring: Line Load A Neutral *Use Black Lead For 120 VAC. Use Orange Lead For 277 VAC. Cap Unused Lead.

White

Hot*

Blue

Load

Blue

Black

Blue

Red

High Voltage wiring compartment The logic board is removed for clarity.

Single Location Operation To additional sensors (Maximum of 5 per switchpack)

Ceiling Sensor

Wallplate Ordering
1 1 T S

Number of Gangs 1-7 (Must match number of Gangs) Number of Switches 1-7 (Must match number of Gangs)

Color S Stainless Steel W White V Ivory Wallplate Type T Toggle

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Switches


59

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Keeper Enterprise

Edit and program your lighting control systems through your computer Upload and download lighting control programs Access network or stand-alone panels for real-time control manipulation and status Load grouping via remote commands Several functional reports Create snapshots of panel programming for backup Software allows you to organize your lighting control system into multiple sites, buildings, networks, or panels
Overview Keeper Enterprise is an accessory to program both network panels and standalone panels. There is a network and stand-alone version of the Keeper Enterprise software which allows the user to easily program, edit, and maintain operating les for your lighting control system from one or more computers. Description The Keeper Enterprise software accessory provides access to network and stand-alone lighting control panels. The software permits the user to upload and download programs les, control relays, check relay status, check relay run-time, view logs, and more with an easy user interface. Panel program les can be created, altered, and archived on the computer. The tree structure allows you to organize your panels into sites, networks, and buildings. Right click on a panel, building, or network to communicate to your lighting control panels. The Keeper Enterprise can communicate via serial, modem, and TCP/IP communications. The Keeper Enterprise software and manual arrives on a CD for installation onto your computer. TCP/IP communications may require your qualied Network Administrator for setup. Ordering This is an accessory for the CKM Control Panels and LiteKeeper 4 lighting control panels.
Catalog # KEEPER NW KEEPER SA Description Keeper Enterprise Network Keeper Enterprise Stand Alone

Computer Specifications:
Operating System: Windows 2000 and XP Windows 7 32 bit 512 MB RAM 20GB Hard Drive CD ROM 10/100 MB Network Card Internal Modem

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

VisionTouch

Integrates with the Keeper Enterprise Network software for simple programming Create custom lighting configurations at each computer, operated by graphics icons Real-time status VisionTouch requires the Ethernet Interface Module (EIM) accessory

Requirements:
Keeper Enterprise Software Database Access Ethernet Interface Module

Overview VisionTouch software is an accessory to control your network panels. Graphic screens are used to represent switch overrides or global commands. VisionTouch provides real-time indication on the graphic user interface and is ideal for any size application, from small schools to large arenas. Description VisionTouch software allows site specic drawings to be loaded into the software with zones dened directly on the drawings. These zones will then illuminate when the corresponding icon is pressed. This allows the software to provide custom visual representation of switching scenarios for the output relays. VisionTouch provides real-time status bars along with updated graphic zones. The VisionTouch software is an add-on software package and works in conjunction with the Keeper Enterprise Network Software. VisionTouch communicates via TCP/IP and requires the Ethernet Interface Module. TCP/IP communications may require assistance from a qualied Network Administrator for setup. Ordering This is an accessory for the CKM Control Panels, ControlKeeper TouchScreen, ControlKeeper 4, ControlKeeper 4A and ControlKeeper 2 Lighting Control Panels. VisionTouch does require that the Keeper Enterprise Software Database be accessible and the Ethernet Interface Module (EIM) be ordered.
Catalog # SOFT VT SOFT VT Screens Description VisionTouch IV; requires Soft VT Screens VisionTouch Graphic Layout Screens

Computer Specifications:
Operating System: Windows 2000 and XP Windows 7 32 bit 512 MB RAM 20GB Hard Drive CD ROM 10/100 MB Network Card

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Software


61

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

VisionSwitch

Custom virtual switch screens Integrates with the Keeper Enterprise Network software for simple programming Create custom lighting configurations at each computer, operated by graphical buttons

Requirements:
Keeper Enterprise Software Database Access Ethernet Interface Module

Overview VisionSwitch is an accessory to control your network panels. Graphic screens are used to represent up to 48 switch overrides or global commands. VisionSwitch offers ON or OFF control of relay groups with the click of a mouse. This is an ideal application for large ofce buildings. Description VisionSwitch software allows for user dened screen congurations. Each screen will support up to 48 virtual switches which can control any relay or group of relays on the lighting control network. The VisionSwitch software and manual arrives on a CD for installation onto your computer. VisionSwitch communicates via TCP/IP and requires the Ethernet Interface Module. TCP/IP communications may require your qualied Network Administrator for setup. Ordering This is an accessory for the CKM, ControlKeeper TouchScreen, ControlKeeper 4, ControlKeeper 4A, and ControlKeeper 2 Lighting Control Panels. VisionSwitch does require that the Keeper Enterprise Software Database be accessible and the Ethernet Interface Module (EIM) be ordered.
Catalog # SOFT VS Description VisionSwitch

Computer Specifications:
Operating System: Windows 2000 and XP Windows 7 32 bit 512 MB RAM 20GB Hard Drive CD ROM 10/100 MB Network Card

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Event Manager Software

Integrates with the Keeper Enterprise Software for configuration Allows definition of event types and allows for users to specify the lighting control actions for that event. (For instance, an event might be called Basketball Game with all the commands that need to occur reporting to that event type.) The event can be scheduled to run by adding it to the calendar view. The system can execute the lighting control actions automatically based on the event start time, end time, astronomic clock, or under manual control. Client/Server application setup to allow for multi-user access. Requirements:
Keeper Enterprise Software Ethernet Interface Module

Overview Event Manager software is an accessory to control your network panels. Events can be scheduled to run by adding them in the Calendar View graphic screen. This software package is an ease of use, facilities management tool that is ideal for stadiums, arenas, convention centers, and schools. Description The Event Manager software provides calendar view scheduling for sites that host a variety of events with constantly changing lighting needs. This enables system users to dene a type of event and its specic lighting control needs and automatically provide the desired lighting levels based on the start time of the event, end time or under manual control. The Event Manager softwares Client/Server application setup allows for multi-user access. Ordering This is an accessory for the CKM, ControlKeeper TouchScreen, ControlKeeper 4, ControlKeeper 4A, or ControlKeeper 2 lighting control panels. Event Manager software must be ordered with the Keeper Enterprise software and the Ethernet Interface Module (EIM).
Catalog # SOFT EM-10 SOFT EM-25 SOFT EM-50 SOFT EM-UN Description Event Manager 10 Panels Event Manager 25 Panels Event Manager 50 Panels Event Manager Unlimited Panels

Operating System: Windows 2000 Server or XP Windows 7 32 bit 512 MB RAM 1GHZ Pentium class processor 20GB Hard Drive CD ROM 10/100 MB Network Card Windows Installer 3.1 Client System: Windows 2000 or higher 512 MB RAM 700 MHZ Pentium class processor 2GB Hard Drive CD ROM 10/100MB Network Card Windows Installer 3.1

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Software


63

Computer Specifications:

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

LRM, Lighting Relay Module

UL 924 Listed Accessory

Specifications:
Connections: Connects to normal power Power Sources: Lighting Control Panels must be fed from alternate power Compatibility: ControlKeeper M, ControlKeeper MB

Overview The Lighting Relay Module is available in 120, 277, or 347 VAC input voltage configurations. The Lighting Relay Module (LRM) is designed to force all relays in a lighting control panel to an ON or Closed state regardless of the control panel programmed relay status. This allows the closure of relays during loss of normal (grid) power to allow an alternate power source to drive the lighting loads. Once the LRM senses the normal power returning, the control panel will return to the normal programmed operating mode. Description The Lighting Relay Module provides a dry contact closure to the ControlKeeper M panel when normal (grid) power is lost. This contact closure forces a hardware override of all relays in the enclosure to the ON state. This override condition takes priority over any relay commands from the system controller and will remain in effect until the contact closure from the LRM is removed. Installation The Lighting Relay Module can be installed next to the lighting control panel enclosure. Ordering This is an accessory with the ControlKeeper M and ControlKeeper MB lighting control systems. When ordering, specify the Lighting Relay Module as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # LRM120 LRM277 LRM347 Description Lighting Relay Module Lighting Relay Module Lighting Relay Module Rating 120 VAC 277 VAC 347 VAC

UL Approved UL 924 Listed

Wiring Diagrams

LRM, Lighting Relay Module

ControlKeeper M Motherboard

CCM PWR

SH

SH

ETHERNET

RS485
TB2

RS485

TO CCM

SHIELD

CAN-L

CAN-H

GND

+24V

RS-232

USB USB HOST DEVICE

MOR/LRM

MOR/RIM
OFF +24 ON

For Emergency panel congurations, ensure the ControlKeeper M lighting control panel is fed from an emergency power source. The LRM needs to provide a dry contact maintained closure to the On and +24 terminals on the ControlKeeper M motherboard MOR connector.

R35

J9

LEFT RELAYS

NET NET HEART TX

S1

DISPLAY

ALL-OFF ALL-ON
LED7 LED6

RIGHT RELAYS

NET-RX

J6

RESET A
U35 SW2 SW4

J11

C
SW6

C67

J7

U37 SW3

RS232 Boot Mode

HEART BEAT
U32

U34

SW5

SW1

NET ADDRESS
C149

LED11

Off

MOR/LRM

+24

5001-000006-05

GND

GND

8 16 32 64 128

C158A

R25

PG

+5

J15

Off

SCM PWR
+24

On To override On: Connect dry contact between the On terminal and the +24 VDC terminal. When contact closes, all relays are forced On. Contacts within the LRM will automatically close when normal power is lost.

Yellow (18 AWG)

NC C NO To Normal Power Circuit 120 VAC = Black 277 VAC = Orange 347 VAC = Brown Neutral = White LRM Lighting Relay Module

On

232 OPT

+24

65 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories

J14

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

CEPC, Cooper Emergency Power Control


Eliminates energy waste by allowing emergency lighting to be switched Fail safe operation Visible emergency power LED Visible regular power LED Integral test switch Automatic Diagnostic Test Feature Five second emergency test when load is turned off. (CEPC-120 and CEPC-277 only) Senses local circuit power loss UL 924 listed, meets NEC, OSHA and NFPA safety codes
CEPC-120 CEPC-D-F-S-120

Overview The Cooper Controls Emergency Power Control (CEPC) device allows the control of emergency lighting by any Greengate lighting control panel or Occupancy Sensor. Operation The CEPC senses a local single normal power circuit. As long as normal power is present the CEPC permits normal and emergency switching of the lighting load from Greengate lighting control panels or occupancy sensors. If normal power is lost for any reason, the CEPC will force the connected emergency fixtures On. The CEPC can be wired as either a control device along with a relay panel and occupancy sensor, or as a shunt to bypass line voltage devices when normal power fails.

Specifications:
Connections: Normal Power Sensing: 120V or 277V Emergency Power: 120V or 277V Normal Power Switching: 120V or 277V Load Ratings: CEPC-120: 120 VAC Ballast 20 Amp, 120 VAC Tungsten 1800 Watt CEPC-277: 277 VAC Ballast 20 Amp CEPC-D-F-S-120: 120 VAC Ballast 20 Amp, 120 VAC Tungsten 1800 Watt CEPC-D-F-S-277: 277VAC Ballast 20 Amp Size: CEPC-D-F-S: 5-1/8 x 5-1/8 x 2 CEPC: 2-3/4 x 4-3/4 x Color: CEPC-D-F-S = Black; CEPC = White Weight: CEPC-D-F-S = 16 oz.; CEPC = 8 oz. Ambient Temp Rating: 32F 140F (0C - 60C) Compatibility: Greengate LiteKeeper, ControlKeeper Relay Panels and Occupancy Sensors

The CEPC-D-F-S is a universally compatible device that allows control of 4-wire emergency dimming loads. When normal power is lost the CEPC-D-F-S will force the emergency fixtures to the full bright condition. Both CEPC models include a test switch feature for verifying proper functionality. In addition the CEPC-120 and 277 models also provide an automatic test feature. Under normal operation, when the controlled load is turned off, the emergency lighting will remain on an additional 5 seconds, providing safety and convenience while leaving the area and eliminating the need of special equipment to test the emergency control of the device. Installation The CEPC can be installed down line of a Greengate lighting control panel or Occupancy Sensor and Switchpack. The CEPC should be located next to the emergency xture it is controlling. Ordering This is an accessory with the Greengate LiteKeeper or ControlKeeper lighting control panels and Greengate Occupancy Sensors. When ordering, specify the CEPC as a separate accessory.
Catalog # CEPC-120 CEPC-277 CEPC-D-F-S-120 Description Emergency Power Control 120V Emergency Power Control 277V 0-10V Load Emergency Power Control 120V 0-10V Load Emergency Power Control 277V Rating

120V 277V 120V 277V

UL Approved UL 924 Listed

CEPC-D-F-S-277

Wiring Diagrams

CEPC, Cooper Emergency Power Control


Wiring Diagram for 4-Wire Dimming Loads CEPC-D-F-S
20A

Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Non Dimmed Loads CEPC


20A

Blue Blue/ White

Emergency Power Test Test

Yellow Blue/ White

Emergency Lighting Load

3 4 5 6 7

Emergency Power Test Test

8 9 10 X1 X2

Emergency Lighting Load

Emergency Panel

Emergency Panel

Utility Power 1 2

Utility Power Black/ Orange White Red

X1 and X2 separated and capped Off

Regular Neutral Regular Line Hot (Sensing Circuit)

Regular Neutral Regular Line Hot

Greengate Relay Card Connection


Load Line

0-10V Gray wire

Greengate Relay Card Connection


Switchleg 20A Load
VIO GRY VIO GRY VIO GRY VIO GRY

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

ControlKeeper 4A 0-10V outputs

Line

4 - Wire Dimming CEPC-D-F-S Wire #

Normal Panel

Description Regular Hot Regular Neutral Emergency Hot Emergency Neutral Switched Hot Violet Hot (0-10V +) Regular Neutral To Load Hot To Load Violet (0-10V +) To Load Neutral Cut and Cap Off Cut and Cap Off

Greengate Connection Constant Hot and Relay Line

2 - Wire Non Dimmed


1

CEPC Wire # Blue Yellow Blue/White Black/Orange Red White

Description Emergency Hot Emergency Switchleg Emergency Neutral Regular Hot (Sensing) Switchleg Regular Neutral

Greengate Connection

3 4 5 6 7

Relay Load CK4A Violet Terminal

Transformer Power Relay Load Terminal Block Transformer Neutral wire

8 9 10 X1 X2

Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Non Dimmed Loads CEPC


20A

Blue Blue/ White

Emergency Power Test Test

Yellow Blue/ White

Emergency Lighting Load

Emergency Panel

Utility Power Black/ Orange White Red

Greengate Switchpack Connection


Switchleg - Blue Neutral Hot - Blue *Hot *Use Black lead for 120VAC, Use Orange lead for 277VAC

20A

Normal Panel

2 - Wired Non Dimmed CEPC Wire # Blue Yellow Blue/White Black/Orange Red White

Description Emergency Hot Emergency Switchleg Emergency Neutral Regular Hot (Sensing) Switchleg Regular Neutral

Greengate Switchpack Connection

Regular Hot Switchpack Load Terminal Block Regular Neutral

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories


67

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

RIM, Relay Interface Module

UL 924 Listed Accessory

Specifications:
Connections: Connects to normal power Power Sources: Lighting Control Panels must be fed from alternate power Compatibility: ControlKeeper TouchScreen, LiteKeeper 16 & 32

Overview The Relay Interface Module is available in 120, 277 or 347 VAC input voltage configurations. The Relay Interface Module (RIM) is designed to force all relays in a lighting control panel to an ON or Closed state regardless of the control panel programmed relay status. This allows the closure of relays during loss of normal (grid) power to allow an alternate power source to drive the lighting loads. Once the RIM senses the normal power returning, the control panel will return to the normal programmed operating mode. Description The Relay Interface Module provides a dry contact closure to the Standard Override Card (SOC) or Relay Stack Controller (RSC) of the lighting control panel when normal (grid) power is lost. This contact closure forces the SOC or RSC to perform a hardware override of all relays in the enclosure to the ON state. This override condition takes priority over any relay commands from the system controller and will remain in effect until the contact closure from the RIM is removed. Installation The Relay Interface Module can be installed next to the lighting control panel enclosure. Ordering This is an accessory with the ControlKeeper TouchScreen, and LiteKeeper 16 & 32 lighting control systems. When ordering, specify the Relay Interface Module as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # RIM120 RIM277 RIM347 Voltage 120 VAC 277 VAC 347 VAC Description Relay Interface Module Relay Interface Module Relay Interface Module

UL Approved UL 924 Listed

Wiring Diagrams

RIM, Relay Interface Module

120 VAC = Black 277 VAC = Orange 347 VAC = Brown

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories


69

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

LSC, Lighted Switch Card


Remote monitoring of relay status Supports incandescent or light emitting diode (LED) type switch Supports status of 32 relays No special programming Terminal blocks for quick connection

Technical Information:
Indicator: 3 incandescent 24V lamps per channel max., 38 lamps per card max 6 LEDs with 680 Ohm series resistor per channel max., 75 LEDs per card max Output type selection is field configurable via jumper Electrical: Input connects to control panel with integral connector Output WS-1P or RS232P type Incandescent switch, LED with 680 Ohm resistor switch Wiring: Size #18 AWG per channel Distance 1000 feet wire run maximum Warranty: Three year

Overview The Lighted Switch Card (LSC) is a system option for the LiteKeeper lighting control systems. It allows you to monitor the relays from a remote location through pilot light switches. Description The Lighted Switch Card option provides relay output status indication when used in conjunction with pilot type low voltage switches. The Lighted Switch Card supports pilot light switches using Incandescent or Light Emitting Diode (LED) lamps. The pilot light conguration allows the monitoring of 3 incandescent lamps per channel, up to 38 per Lighted Switch Card. The LED conguration allows for 6 lamps per channel with a maximum of 75 per card. Selection of output type is determined by jumpers located on the Lighted Switch Card. Ordering This is an option for the LiteKeeper 16 & 32 lighting control systems. When specifying one of these systems, rst specify control panel, then the Lighted Switch Card in the panel options.
Catalog # LSC Description Lighted Switch Card

Wiring Diagrams
System Option

LSC, Lighted Switch Card

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories


71

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Ethernet Interface Module

Interface from TCP/IP to RS-232 communications Integrated with VisionSwitch, VisionTouch, and Keeper Enterprise for simple relay control

Specifications:
Size: 3.5"L x 2.5W x1"H Operating System: 120 VAC wall transformer included Cable for connection to panel included

Overview TCP/IP communication is currently the most desired way to communicate to your lighting control panels. Greengate can supply you with an Ethernet Interface Module (EIM) that will make TCP/IP communication simple. Description The Ethernet Interface Module (EIM) is a quick and simple way to access our control panels over a TCP/IP connection. The EIM converts data packets sent over the TCP/IP connection to RS-232 communications. Provided a DHCP server exists on your network, the EIM will automatically congure its IP address. If custom congurations are required, the EIM can be congured via the web or serial port. The TCP/IP conguration of the EIM should be done by a qualied Network Administrator. Ordering This is an accessory for the ControlKeeper TouchScreen, ControlKeeper 4, ControlKeeper 4A, ControlKeeper 2, LiteKeeper 16 & 32, LiteKeeper 8, and LiteKeeper 4 lighting control panels. When ordering these Lighting Control Systems specify the Ethernet Interface Module (EIM) as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # EIM WEIM Description Ethernet Interface Module Wireless Ethernet Interface Module

Wiring Diagrams

Ethernet Interface Module

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories


73

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

AIM, Automation Interface Module

Seamless system integration BACnet protocol Johnson Controls N2 protocol LonWorks protocol Modbus protocol Communication LEDs for system diagnostics
Overview The Automation Interface Module is the solution to interface a lighting control system to various HVAC industry standard communication protocols.

Specifications:
Enclosure Size: 16"H x 16"W x 4"D Power: 120 VAC Operating Temperature: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Warranty: Three year

Description The Automation Interface Module (AIM) supports all of the commonly employed building automation communication protocol standards including BACnet, LonWorks, Johnson Controls N2, and more. The AIM unit permits data sharing between building control systems for effortless building control integration. Installation The AIM connects to the panel network or directly via RS-232 connection. When connected, the AIM unit becomes an addressable node on the network. Direct connection would be employed for stand-alone controller applications. Ordering All Automation Interface Modules require a Logic Board (AIM OEMPRTL). The logic board is shipped separately from the enclosure and is listed as a separate line item. When ordering any of the below models, you must also order the AIM OEMPRTL (required with each AIM-*-*). When ordering specify BAS protocol and panel interface. See next/back page for Ordering details.

Wiring Diagrams

AIM, Automation Interface Module

Ordering
AIM B NW

Product AIM Automation Interface Module

Installation Type NW Network (ControlKeeper Family) SA Stand Alone (LiteKeeper 16 & 32)

Additional Options
Catalog # AIM OEMPRTL Description Automation Interface Module (AIM) Logic Board Required

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories


75

Protocol Type B BACnet (1200 points) N N2 (256 points) L LON (1200 points) M Modbus (1200 points)

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Telephone Interface Module


Connects to standard tone dial phone system with a dedicated line

Voice user prompts Tone dial interface Status indicator lights Defaults to a modem if no dialing tones are received Bell 103 and 212A compatible Gateway capabilities
Mounting bracket for 32 & 48 size enclosure included

Overview The Telephone Interface Module (TIM) is a systems accessory for the ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems. Using voice guided prompts it allows you to access these systems via tone dial telephone and simplifies connection of a computer to the network.

Specifications:
Electrical: 120 VAC wall transformer included Power Consumption: 27 watts Size: 9.5L x 7.25W x 1.5H Communications Direct RS-485 access: 19,200 Baud Direct RS-232: 14,400 Baud Modem: Bell 103 and 212a compatible Input: RS-232 serial connection, 25 pin Cable: RS-232 serial cable, 25 to 25 pin (supplied) 9 to 25 pin adapter (supplied) Output: RS-485 and RS-232 Network wire: Belden #9841 Power: 120v power pack (supplied)

Description The Telephone Interface Module is a stand-alone intelligent modem designed to interface with the system control panel via tone dial phone or remote PC equipped with a modem. This allows every tone dial telephone to become a remote control switching station, sending commands to the system control panel for overriding relays ON or OFF. This accessory provides individual passwords enabling a preset group of relays to be overridden for a preset duration. The Telephone Interface Module is connected to the system control panel through the RS-485 port or the RS-232 port and to a dedicated phone line. The Telephone Interface Module also incorporates the networking capabilities of the Gateway. The TIM provides the computer using the PCbased software easy access to the lighting control systems network. The computers RS-232 serial port is connected to the TIM, which converts the RS-232 signal to RS-485. It also operates as a fully functional modem, allowing the lighting control system to be accessed via standard voice grade telephone lines connected to a PC with a modem. Installation This system accessory will require a dedicated phone line and 120 VAC electrical outlet. Ordering This is an accessory for the ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems. It is not an integral part of the system. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering these Lighting Control Systems specify the Telephone Interface Module (TIM) as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # TIM Description

Telephone Interface Module

Wiring Diagrams

TIM, Telephone Interface Module

77 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Gateway

Provides easy connection to network

Connects to the network at any point Multiple Gateways allow for more than one computer to connect to the network

Specifications:
Size: 9.5L x 7.25W x 1.5H Input: RS-232 serial connection, 25 pin Cable: RS-232 serial cable, 25 to 25 pin (supplied) 9 to 25 pin adapter (supplied) Output: RS-485, twisted shielded pair Network wire: Belden #9841 Power: 120 VAC wall transformer included Converts RS-232 signal to RS-485 signal

Overview The Gateway is a system accessory for the ControlKeeper lighting control system. It simplies connection of a computer to the network. Description The Gateway accessory provides the computer using the PC-based software easy access to the systems network. The computers RS-232 serial port is connected to the Gateway, converting the RS-232 signal to RS-485. It then transmits the signal out onto the network via twisted pair. The Gateway is connected anywhere within the network. The twisted pair is run to the nearest lighting control panel. One or more computers can be connected to the network, at any point, using the Gateway. Installation This system accessory will require wiring at the site. Ordering This is an accessory for the ControlKeeper lighting control system. It is not an integral part of the system. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering specify the Gateway as a separate system accessory. It comes complete with all cables and adapters.
Catalog # GATEWAY Description Connects PC to lighting control panel network.

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

DMX Gateway

Allows a DMX 512 dimming system to interact with network panels Connects to the network at any point Mounting bracket for ControlKeeper TouchScreen 32 & 48 size enclosure included

Provides easy connection to network

Specifications:
Size: 9.5L x 7.25W x 1.5H Input: DMX 512, twisted shielded pair Output: RS-485, twisted shielded pair Network wire: Belden #9841, recommended Power: 120 VAC wall transformer included Converts DMX 512 commands to lighting control panel network commands

Overview The DMX Gateway is a system accessory for the ControlKeeper lighting control system. It provides a communications link between a DMX 512 dimming system and the RS-485 lighting control network. This allows a DMX 512 dimming system to operate relays within a networked lighting control system. Description The DMX Gateway accessory converts DMX 512 signals from a dimming system to RS-485 Remote commands used by the ControlKeeper network. The DMX Gateway can be connected anywhere within the network. The RS485, twisted pair wire is run to the nearest network panel. Up to 64 remote commands can be issued on to the network by each DMX Gateway. Installation This system accessory will require wiring at the site. Ordering This is an accessory for the ControlKeeper lighting control system. It is not an integral part of the system. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering these Lighting Control Systems specify the DMX Gateway as a separate system accessory. It comes complete with all cables and adapters.
Catalog # DMX GATEWAY Description Provides a communications link between a DMX 512 dimming sysytem and the RS-485 lighting control network.

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories


79

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Modem

Provides dial-up access to a single lighting control panel or entire network of panels. Available in Serial or USB configurations.

Specifications:
Serial Modem: 2400 Baud Connection on the Panel Side USB Modem: Permits Connections to the Serial Modem or Telephone Interface Module

Overview The Lighting Control System Modem provides access to a lighting control panel from your computer. The Modem works with the ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems. The Modem comes in Serial or USB congurations. Description The Serial Modem connects to the RS-232 port on any logic board. This permits the user access to a panel or an entire network of panels. The user can connect to the Serial modem using any modem. The user can also purchase the USB Modem to connect to the lighting control system. Installation The Modem can be installed next to the lighting control panel enclosure. Ordering This is an accessory with the ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems. When ordering, specify the Modem type as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # SERIAL MODEM USB MODEM Description 2400 Baud Permits Connections to the Serial Modem or Telephone Interface Module

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Communication Cable
Interconnects lighting control panels and peripheral devices Carries both power and data in a single cable

Specifications:
Outer Jacket: Material: PVC Color: LCCP-Natural; LCCNP-Black Nominal diameter: LCCP-0.205 in.; LCCNP-0.250 in. Power wire pair: Conductors: 2 x 18 AWG, tinned copper Colors: Red/Black Shield: None Data wire pair: Conductors: 2 x 22 AWG, tinned copper Colors: Blue/White Shield: Aluminum foil (100% coverage) Shield drain wire: 24 AWG Impedance: 100 Ohms Applicable standards: NEC/UL specication: LCCP-CMP; LCCNP-CMR CEC/CUL specication: LCCP-CMP; LCCNP-CMG
Conductors Function Power Common Data Data Drain Color Red Black Blue White Construction 16 strand x 30 AWG tinned copper 16 strand x 30 AWG tinned copper 7 strand x 30 AWG tinned copper Twisted pair in foil shield 7 strand x 30 AWG tinned copper 7 strand x 32 AWG tinned copper 22 AWG 24 AWG Nominal size 18 AWG 18 AWG 22 AWG

General Type Cable outer jacket (PVC) Color Nominal Reel Diameter length Natural Black 0.205 in. 0.250 in. 500 feet 500 feet Impedance (data pair) 100 Ohm 100 Ohm Ratings Maximum Temperature Operating Voltage 300V RMS 300V RMS 75oC 75oC Plenum rated? Yes No

LCCP LCCNP

Overview Cooper Controls communications cable is used to interconnect lighting control panels and peripheral devices. The cable provides one 18 AWG wire pair to deliver power to peripherals and one 22 AWG twisted and shielded wire pair to carry data transmissions. Both non-plenum (LCCNP) and plenum rated (LCCP) versions are available. Ordering This is an accessory with the ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems. When ordering, specify the communication cable type as a separate accessory.
Catalog # LCCP LCCNP Description Cooper Controls communication cable; plenum rated Cooper Controls communication cable; non plenum rated

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories


81

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

RPTR, Network Repeater

Allows the expansion of the network wire beyond the specified 4,000 feet limitation Assists in minimizing the potential for network disruptions from ground faults present on the lighting control low-voltage wiring between network ports

Specifications:
Size: 5.5"L x 4W x 1.25"H Operating System: 2 Network Wiring Terminal Blocks 1 Power Wiring Cable Whip

Overview Cooper Controls communications cable is used to interconnect lighting control panels and peripheral devices. The cable provides one 18 AWG wire pair to deliver power to peripherals and one 22 AWG twisted and shielded wire pair to carry data transmissions. Both non-plenum (LCCNP) and plenum rated (LCCP) versions are available. Description This is an accessory with the ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems. When ordering, specify the communication cable type as a separate accessory. Ordering This is an accessory for the ControlKeeper TouchScreen, ControlKeeper 4, ControlKeeper 4A, and ControlKeeper 2 lighting control panels. When ordering these Lighting Control Systems specify the Network Repeater as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # RPTR Description Repeater with power wiring whip for connection to a 24V DC power source

Wiring Diagrams
Lighting Control Panel (CK-T Shown)
Network Termination Jumper J51 should be terminated at only the two end panels on the entire

RPTR, Network Repeater

Match positive to positive and negative to negative. Shield should be disconnected.

RS-485 Repeater

Lighting Control Panel (CK-T Shown)

Additional Wiring Network Repeater connected to a CK-T panel for power purposes

83 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Lighting Control Panels - Accessories

Occupancy Sensors Overview p.84-85 Motion Types & Technology MicroSet Technology Coverage Verication p.86-87 p.88-89 p.90 p.91-93 p.94 p.95-101 p.102-123 p.124 p.126 p.128 p.130 p.132 p.134

Occupancy Sensors
Wasted lighting energy is a problem for every building owner and manager. According to the New Building Institute, however, structures that have lighting controls in place show a reduction in lighting energy consumption by 50% in existing buildings and 35% in new construction. Because areas of many buildings remain unoccupied with their lights on for more than half to three-fourths of the work day, occupancy sensors continue to be a primary lighting control choice among building owners and the engineering community, due to their ability to save energy when the space is not in use. Occupancy sensors can be used as stand-alone systems or connected back to other lighting control products to provide zone or total building control for the facility manager. There are many different types of sensors and technologies available on the market today. In this section and elsewhere in the guide, we will explore the basics of the technologies and the sensor types as well as design considerations.

Designing a System Sensor Model Numbers Product Matrix Wallswitch Sensors NeoSwitch PIR - Single/Dual Level PIR - Single/Dual - 347V Ultrasonic - Low Voltage Digital Timer Wall Corner Mount Dual Tech Wall/Corner PIR Wall/Corner Ceiling Sensors MicroSet Series PIR Ultrasonic Dual Tech Designer Series Ultrasonic Standard Series Ultrasonic Ultrasonic Airow Line Voltage Dual Technology PIR Ultrasonic - US1500 Ultrasonic - US2000 Switchpacks SP15 & SP20 Dual Relay Hi-Bay Fixture Mount

p.136 p.138 p.140 p.142 p.144 p.146

Extreme Temperature p.148 p.150 p.152 p.154 p.156 p.158 p.160 p.162

Occupancy Sensors
85

Motion Types

It is important to understand that not all motion is the same when it comes to picking occupancy sensors. Below is a brief description of the two types of motion

Major Motion
Major motion is dened as movement of a person walking into or through an area. Typical examples are a person walking into a room or down a corridor. Major motion may be required to turn ON the lights but transitions to minor motion once the occupant is in the room.

Minor Motion
Minor motion is dened as movement of a person sitting at a desk reaching for a telephone, turning the pages of a book, opening a le folder, or picking up a cup of coffee.

Motion or the type of motion that we want to detect is critical in the design process. For example, the initial motion in an ofce at the beginning of the day is major motion. The occupant walking into the room will activate the sensor, which will activate the lights. But, the most common motion will transition to minor motion throughout the day as the occupant spends the majority of the time at their desk. As advances in technology are introduced into the ofce environment, the need to detect smaller minor motion has grown in importance as well. First it was the computer which limited our need to move, then the integrated mouse on the keyboard, and now many use wireless headsets so they dont even have to reach for a phone. In todays environment it is more critical than ever to determine the type of activities, as it relates to motion, that will be taking place in the space for the proper design of a lighting controls system.

Sensor Technologies
Passive Infrared (PIR)
PIR was one of the rst available technologies. Designed to detect motion from a heat-emitting source (such as a person entering a room) within its eld-of-view and automatically switch lights ON and OFF. Lights will remain ON until no motion is detected and a preset time delay has expired. Sensors have segmented lenses. For units to sense motion, the person must cross between two segments or bands. The distance between bands increases the farther you are from the sensor, so motion has to be larger the farther you are from the unit. PIR sensors are considered line-of-sight sensors, meaning that the sensor must be able to have a direct line-of-sight to the person making the motion.

Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic sensors use the Doppler principle. These sensors produce low intensity, inaudible sound and detect changes in sound waves caused by motion, such as walking into the room, reaching for a telephone, or turning in a chair. They are volumetric in nature and therefore not line-of-sight dependant. Since they ll the space with these sound waves, they are excellent in bathrooms with stalls or other oddly shaped rooms. In addition, they are much more sensitive to smaller motions.

Dual Technology
Dual technology is the combination of PIR and Ultrasonic into one sensor and is the ultimate sensing solution available today. This pairing helps to eliminate false activations (both ON and OFF) thus saving additional energy use. Dual technology sensors ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. We designed our sensors to use the PIR to turn the lights ON and then one of two modes to turn the lights OFF. The rst mode will accept either PIR or Ultrasonics to keep the lights ON and the second mode must see both technologies to hold the lighting ON.

Microphonics

There are extreme limitations with this technology. a) It must be paired with another technology, like PIR to minimize nuisance tripping due to sudden sounds like a hallway conversation or a noisy ofce environment. b) The Nuisance tripping tends to keep lights ON well past the time an occupant has left the space.

Occupancy Sensors
87

This technology incorporates a microphone for sound detection. The sensor tunes the sound detection to sudden noise changes only and lters out the background.

MicroSet Technology
The customers needs and concerns are our top priority. With MicroSet technology, we have taken the concept of occupant convenience and maximum energy savings to a new level. MicroSet is one of the most exciting technologies introduced to the lighting controls industry in recent years. The MicroSet technology, which monitors and ignores continuous noise by self-adjusting, creates the rst truly wire and walk away occupancy sensor. There is no need to manually adjust a time delay or sensitivity setting, and there is no need to test your settings. You simply wire the product and youre nished. Products featuring MicroSet save valuable time and money because they offer ease of installation, no maintenance and the highest effectiveness. The installer can simply leave the sensor in the test setting and the sensor automatically and continually sets the time delay, as well as the sensitivity to the optimal setting. MicroSet is set apart by its response to variations in occupant behavior and environmental conditions within its vicinity, (such as the constant airow-conditions) that typical sensors may falsely pick up as occupant motion. No maintenance or false tripping means energy savings and money back to you!

MicroSet
AI R

Lights activate immediately upon entry.

Non-MicroSet
AI RF LO W

Lights do not activate upon entry.

FL OW

MicroSet ignores individual frequencies, versus dialing down sensitivity from intermittent interruptions such as airflow.

Non-MicroSet devices dial down the sensitivity in order to avoid false-ons created by interferences such as airflow. This reduces the coverage area, resulting in lights that will not turn ON immediately upon entering a space.

How the Adaptive Technology Works


Condition False-ON with no immediate motion. False-OFF with immediate motion. Adaptive Reaction Timer or sensitivity are decreased. Timer or sensitivity are increased.

MicroSet Technology Encompasses Two Key Elements:


Time and Sensitivity Adjustments in Real-Time
Another excellent advancement with MicroSet is the ability for the sensor to make adjustments in real-time, avoiding false tripping and the potential problems that can occur in an ofce or other environment such as the gradual learning process that can sometimes happen with other systems. With MicroSet, these false trippings and potential ofce interruptions are eliminated. The decision tree for adjustments is represented in chart How the Adaptive Technology Works to the left. The old learning function presents two issues. First, the sensor can be disabled during the learning time and secondly, the sensors gradual learning can be interrupted based on the changing needs of the environment. For example, an ofce used for a week of conference calls may not be sensitive enough for computer work the following week. This would require another week of false trips to learn how to relate to the new usage.

The intelligent softwarealgorithm determines if the lights are staying ON due to hallway trafc and responds by adapting its program to compensate for the false trigger and turns out the lights.

Features:
Absolutely no dials or time/sensitivity Up to 5 sensors per switchpack DIP Switch can lock time delay at 30 minutes if desired 180 and 360 sensors for various room sizes from 500 sq.ft. to 2000 sq.ft. Only adaptive sensor that uses the NEMA WD 7 test for minor motion

Patented Ultrasonic Motion Detection


Continuous noise, such as airow, and even waving ags have presented major challenges for occupancy sensors. These types of motion and noise can dial down the range and sensitivity on the adaptive sensors preventing lights from turning ON when needed and causing false tripping. This is illustrated in the two gures below. Greengates patent pending Ultrasonic Motion Detection is the only sensor designed and tested to accurately sense and ignore sources of continuous noise by recognizing the difference between airow and other motion movements without reduction in coverage as illustrated below. This is truly a leap ahead in sensing technology!

Benets:
No ladders, screwdrivers, or time spent adjusting settings No false tripping learning periods Increased energy savings due to better functionality (no disabling) Less phone calls to maintenance personnel or contractor for poor operation Increased prots

NO AIRFLOW

20
AIRFLOW AIRFLOW

20 10 0
Frequency: 30 Hz - 200 Hz Frequency: 30 Hz - 200 Hz

20 10 0

10 0
Frequency: 30 Hz - 200 Hz

Sensor detects introduction of airow on Day 1 and begins adjusting frequencies monitored in real-time without causing false activations.

On Day 7, the sensor has been ignoring the detected airow frequencies with minimal effect to coverage pattern and no incindences of false activation. Sensor adjustments are made in real-time the seven days have had no effect on performance.

On Day 14, when airow is removed, sensor immediately returns to scanning all frequencies in coverage pattern.

Typical Adaptive Ultrasonic Sensors


AIRFLOW

30 20
AIRFLOW

30
NO AIRFLOW

30 20 10 0

20 10 0

10 0

Introduction of airow causes sensor to false activate lights on, or remain on for long periods.

By Day 7, sensor has de-tuned itself enough to avoid the airow, meanwhile reducing coverage pattern to a minimum.

When airow is removed, sensor continues to false trip as it re-enters a learning phase.

Occupancy Sensors - MicroSet Technology


89

MicroSet

30

30

30

Robotic Method Coverage Verication


NEMA WD 7 Guide

Coverage patterns for all Greengate sensors are tested and verified using the NEMA WD 7 guide.

In 1998 Novitas invented the robotic method to test and guarantee minor motion coverage. This measurement determines the ability of a sensor to detect minor motions such as reaching for a telephone. Minor motion sensitivity prevents inadvertent lights out when an occupant is relatively still in their workspace. The Novitas robotic test method was adopted as the NEMA Standard in 2000. The equipment developed by Novitas (pictured below) simulates minor motion to verify coverage claims. The minor motion simulator on a movable platform is placed in the first cell of a template drawing for the test room with the maximum size of each cell being 3 feet by 3 feet. If the sensor detects a horizontal sweep moving from a point in line with the sensor to 90 degrees on either side, or vice versa, the test is positive for that cell. This process is repeated cell by cell. Coverage claims that have not been verified using the NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method are likely to be substantially overstated.

Greengate Robotic Test


Minor motion is tested using a robotic arm with dimensions 3 inches by 3 inches by 15 inches, mounted at a height of 36 inches 1 inch above the ground. The arm moves at a velocity of 90 degrees per second.

Tested to NEMA WD 7 Guide


Wall Switch Sensors Cooper Controls Hubbell Sensor Switch Leviton
* The coverage claims for the following Wattstopper sensors were veried using the NEMA WD 7 Guide: PW-100, PW-100-24, PW-200, UW-100, UW-100-24, UW-200, DW-100, DW-100-24 and DW-200.

Ceiling Sensors Yes


Not Tested Not Tested Not Tested Not Tested

Yes
Not Tested Not Tested Not Tested

Wattstopper*

Yes
(Select Models)

Designing a System

Greengate occupancy sensors provide a stand-alone or networked solution that can be wall, corner, ceiling or fixture-mounted to best match the needs of the space. Greengate sensors detect minor motion to maximize lighting efficiency and automatically adjust to the building environment, eliminating the need for constant re-calibration and reducing overall maintenance costs.

Step #1 - Evaluate the Space


It is important to properly characterize the space. The following factors must be considered as they will inuence sensor product selection. Type of motion typical to the space and location of main occupant activity Room/space dimension and shape Location of walls, doors, windows, and drapes Location of any existing wall switches in spaces less than 500 sq.ft. Location of shelves, le cabinets, large equipment (including computer monitors), furniture or any object that could block sensor coverage Ceiling height, partition location, and height Location of HVAC ducts and fans; high airow can cause false sensing of motion with Ultrasonics. Care should be made to place the sensors away from the registers or from fans, even with sensors that are air ow tolerant. Location and types of lighting xtures; incandescent down lights can wreak havoc with PIR sensors when placed too close to sensors and pendant mount xtures can obstruct lines-of-sight Availability of daylight for added light level sensing

40' x 30' Cubicle Space

Occupancy Sensors - Designing a System


91

Extreme temperature conditions

Step #2 - Choose the Sensing Technology for Each Space

Coverage Type

Appropiate Applications

Inappropiate Applications

PIR Wall Switches

line-of-sight cut-off smaller enclosed spaces volumetric no clear cut-off spaces with obstacles very low motion levels

very low motion levels obstacles blocking the sensor from the occupant spaces where there is a direct line-of-sight out of the space

Ultrasonic Wall Switch Dual Tech Wall Switches PIR Ceiling Mount

complete coverage cut-off via PIR smaller enclosed spaces line-of-sight cut-off wider coverage areas spaces where sensor has a line-of-sight to occupant volumetric open spaces with obstacles no clear cut-off very low motion levels

very low motion levels spaces larger than 300 sq. ft. very low motion levels obstacles blocking the sensor from the occupant

Ultrasonic Ceiling Mount

very high ceilings extreme air ow or vibration*

Dual Tech Ceiling Mount PIR Corner Wall Mount Dual Tech Corner Wall Mount

complete coverage cut-off via PIR uctuating activity levels very low motion levels line-of-sight cut-off spaces where sensor has a line-of-sight to occupant complete coverage cut-off via PIR uctuating activity levels very low motion levels

very high ceilings

spaces with sloped ceilings & high ceiling where sensor needs to be mounted on walls spaces with sloped ceilings & high ceiling where sensor needs to be mounted on walls

* except MicroSet versions

Step #3 - Layout the Project


Decide on the correct technology and mounting type (wall switch, wall/corner, or ceiling). Determine the ideal product based on correct coverage pattern and size. Remember to factor in the motion characteristics of the occupants; major motion, minor motion or mostly hand motion. Coverage may change depending on the type of motion. It is also important to note the cut-off needs. An open space has different needs than an enclosed space and will need different products.

Step #4 - Choose the Switchpack


Occupancy sensors need a low voltage power source while at the same time require a device to handle high current/low voltage switching. We offer two main choices: Integration with a Lighting Control Panel: (See diagram to the right) This is a snap when using a Greengate lighting control panel. Simply treat the occupancy sensor as you would any low voltage switch input. Switchpack: (See diagram bottom left) Switchpacks provide power to the sensor and handle the higher voltage switching for the actual lighting xtures. They come in a variety of congurations. See the Product Matrix on page 95 for more detailed information. The following characteristics must be considered when choosing the appropriate switchpack: Power Output Needs: It is important to make sure that the switchpack can handle the connected load. Voltage: Consider the incoming voltage of the electrical systems. Greengate offers a 120-277V universal switchpack as well as 240V and 347V voltage specic versions. # of relays: Models are offered in single and dual relay versions. Dual relay versions are a great way to ensure code compliance when bi-level or dual switching is required. Load type and ratings: Each switchpack is rated for specic load types (ex. incandescent, uorescent, ballast, tungsten, motor). Make sure the load type and connected load do not exceed the switchpack rating. Mounting options: The switchpacks are designed to be mounted on the exterior of a junction box, with the high voltage wires being connected inside the box. The low voltage wires are connected in the plenum. All Greengate switchpacks are suitable for use in a plenum. NOTE: All of our switchpacks are designed with zero-crossing circuitry to protect them against the damaging effects of high inrush currents associated with newer electronic ballasts.

Step #5 - Install and Adjust the Sensor


Position sensor for optimum view of the area remembering cut-off requirements for doorways or hallways to prevent nuisance tripping. Wire sensor according to local code requirements and instructions. Take care in grounding and neutral requirements for specic wall switch sensors. Adjust the sensors, if applicable, to match the size of the space and the activities that are taking place.

Occupancy Sensors - Designing a System


93

Sensor Model Numbers

General Notes: The range indicated in the description and catalog number is for estimate purposes only and typically indicates the major motion coverage. Please consult the actual specication sheet for the various coverage patterns. In our efforts for seamless integration with the Lighting Control Panels, we changed the internal communication methods between the switchpack and the low voltage sensor. Due to this change, the new Greengate sensors are not compatible with Novitas labeled switchpacks and vice versa. Consult technical services for replacing existing Novitas labeled products.

O (Occupancy) V (Vacancy) D (Daylighting) T (Timer)

P (Passive Infrared) U (Ultrasonic) D or DT (Dual Technology)

MV (Single Relay 120/277V) DMV (Dual Relay 120/277V) 347 (Single Relay 347V) D347 (Dual Relay 347V) SP (Switchpack Compatible) RR7 (GE RR7 Compatible) AF (Airow Tolerant) H (Hallway) S (Side Mount) B (Rear Mount) R (BAS Relay)

W (White) V (Ivory) LA (Light Almond) G (Gray) B (Black) Where Applicable

ONW
E (Economy) M (MicroSet) D (Designer) S (Switch) A (Self Adjust / MicroSet) X (Extreme Temp) T (Wet Location) N (NeoSwitch) NL (Night Light)

D
W (Wall Box) WC (Wall Corner) C (Ceiling Surface) R (Ceiling Recessed) F (Fixture)

1001
005# (50ft or ft2) 009# (90ft or ft2) 010# (100ft or ft2) 050# (500ft or ft2) 045# (450ft or ft2) 100# (1000ft or ft2) 120# (1200ft or ft2) 150# (1500ft or ft2) 200# (2000ft or ft2)

DMV

N (Neutral Required) No neutral models will skip this eld

#= 0 360 Degree Sensor 1 180 Degree Sensor W Wide Angle (120 Degrees) L Linear Feet

Occupancy SensorProduct Matrix


Greengate Catalog # Range** # of Controllable Circuits Time Adjustment Prior Novitas Catalog #

WALL SWITCH SENSOR - NEOSWITCH


Dual Tech Single Level Wall Switch ONW-D-1001-MV-* ONW-D-1001-347-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

Dual Tech Single Level Wall Switch - with Neutral ONW-D-1001-MV-N-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

Dual Tech Dual Relay Wall Switch ONW-D-1001-DMV-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 2 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

Dual Tech Dual Relay Wall Switch - with Neutral ONW-D-1001-DMV-N-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 2 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

Dual Tech Low Voltage Wall Switch ONW-D-1001-SP-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

Dual Tech RR7 Compatible Wall Switch ONW-D-1001-RR7-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

** The range indicated is for estimate purposes only and typically indicates major motion coverage. Please consult the actual specication sheet for the various coverage patterns.

Occupancy Sensors - Product Matrix


95

Greengate Catalog #

Range**

# of Controllable Circuits

Time Adjustment

Prior Novitas Catalog #

WALL SWITCH SENSOR - NEOSWITCH


PIR/Single Level ONW-P-1001-MV-* ONW-P-1001-347-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

PIR/Dual Relay ONW-P-1001-DMV-* ONW-P-1001-D347-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 2 2 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

PIR Low Voltage ONW-P-1001-SP-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

PIR RR7 Compatible ONW-P-1001-RR7-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond, Gray, Black

PIR w/Night Light - Neutral VNLW-P-1001-MV-N-* 180 Up to 1000 sq.ft. 1 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min., 1-2 hours N/A

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, LA-Light Almond

** The range indicated is for estimate purposes only and typically indicates major motion coverage. Please consult the actual specication sheet for the various coverage patterns.

Occupancy SensorProduct Matrix


Greengate Catalog # Range** # of Controllable Circuits Time Adjustment Prior Novitas Catalog #

WALL SWITCH SENSOR


Passive Infrared OSW-P-0451-MV-* OSW-P-0451-347-W OSW-P-0451-DMV-* OSW-P-0451-D347-W 180 Up to 450 sq.ft. 180 Up to 450 sq.ft. 180 Up to 450 sq.ft. 180 Up to 450 sq.ft. 1 1 2 2 Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. 01-400 01-440 01-DL401 01-DL441

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, A-Almond

Greengate Catalog #

Range**

# of Controllable Circuits

Time Adjustment

Prior Novitas Catalog #

WALL SWITCH SENSOR


Ultrasonic - Neutral OSW-U-0721-MV-* 180 Up to 500 sq.ft. 1 15 sec. - 15 min. 01-250

* Available Colors: W-White, V-Ivory, A-Almond

DIGITAL TIMER SWITCH


TSW-MV-W
* Available Colors: W-White

N/A

5 min. - 12 hr.

05-030

Greengate Catalog #

Range**

Time Adjustment

Features

Prior Novitas Catalog #

WALL/CORNER SENSOR
Dual Technology OAWC-DT-120W-R OAWC-DT-120W wide angle 120 1200 sq.ft. wide angle 120 1200 sq.ft. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. w/BAS relay & Daylight Sensor N/A N/A

Passive Infrared OAWC-P-120W-R OAWC-P-009L-H-R OAWC-P-120W OAWC-P-009L-H wide angle 120 1200 sq.ft. 180 90 Linear. ft. wide angle 120 1200 sq.ft. 180 90 Linear. ft. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. w/BAS relay & Daylight Sensor w/BAS relay & Daylight Sensor N/A N/A N/A N/A

** The range indicated is for estimate purposes only and typically indicates major motion coverage. Please consult the actual specication sheet for the various coverage patterns.

Occupancy Sensors - Product Matrix


97

Greengate Catalog #

Range**

Time Adjustment

Features

Prior Novitas Catalog #

MICROSET
PIR-Low Voltage - (State of the art performance without the need for manual adjustments) OMC-P-0450-R OMC-P-1200-R OMR-P-0450-R OMR-P-1200-R 360, Up to 450 sq.ft. 360, 450 - 1200 sq.ft. 360, Up to 450 sq.ft. 360, 450 - 1200 sq.ft. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. w/BAS Relay & Daylight 01-510-BAS Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight 01-511-BAS Sensor. w/BAS Relay & Daylight 01-530-BAS Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight 01-530-BAS Sensor

Ultrasonic - (State of the art performance without the need for manual adjustments) OMC-U-0501 OMC-U-0501-R OMC-U-1001 OMC-U-1001-R OMC-U-2000 OMC-U-2000-R 180, Up to 500 sq.ft. 180, Up to 500 sq.ft. 180, 500 - 1000 sq.ft. 180, 500 - 1000 sq.ft. 360, 1000 - 2000 sq.ft. 360, 1000 - 2000 sq.ft. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A w/BAS Relay N/A w/BAS Relay N/A w/BAS Relay 01-161 01-161BAS 01-101 01-101BAS 01-111 01-111BAS

Dual Tech - (State of the art performance without the need for manual adjustments) OMC-DT-0701-R OMC-DT-2000-R 180, 300 - 700 sq.ft. 360, 700 - 2000 sq.ft. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. Self-Adjusting 15 sec. - 30 min. w/BAS Relay w/BAS Relay 01-310-BAS 01-300-BAS

DESIGNER SERIES
Ultrasonic - (Standard technology with manual adjustment in a high-end architectural design) ODC-U-0501 ODC-U-0501-R ODC-U-1001 ODC-U-1001-R ODC-U-2000 ODC-U-2000-R ODC-0051-H ODC-0051-H-R ODC-U-0100-H 180, Up to 500 sq.ft. 180, Up to 500 sq.ft. 180, 500 - 1000 sq.ft. 180, 500 - 1000 sq.ft. 360, 1000 - 2000 sq.ft. 360, 1000 - 2000 sq.ft. 180 (hallway), Up to 50 linear ft. 180 (hallway), Up to 50 linear ft. 360 (hallway), Up to 100 linear ft. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A w/BAS Relay N/A w/BAS Relay N/A w/BAS Relay N/A w/BAS Relay N/A w/BAS Relay 01-160 01-160BAS 01-100 01-100BAS 01-110 01-110BAS 01-180 01-180BAS 01-190 01-190BAS

ODC-U-0100-H-R 360 (hallway), Up to 100 linear ft.

** The range indicated is for estimate purposes only and typically indicates major motion coverage. Please consult the actual specication sheet for the various coverage patterns.

Occupancy SensorProduct Matrix


Greengate Catalog # Range** Time Adjustment Features Prior Novitas Catalog #

STANDARD SERIES
Ultrasonic - (Standard technology with manual adjustments in a classic housing) OEC-U-0501 OEC-U-1001 OEC-U-2000 OEC-U-0701-AF OEC-U-1500-AF OEC-U-0100-H OEC-U-0051-H 180, Up to 500 sq.ft. 180, 500 - 1000 sq.ft. 360, 1000 - 2000 sq.ft. 180 (air ow), Up to 700 sq.ft. 360 (air ow), 500 - 1500 sq.ft. 360 (air ow), Up to 100 linear ft. 180 (hallway), Up to 50 linear ft. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. N/A N/A N/A Available in 25, 27 kHz Available in 25, 27 kHz N/A N/A 01-060 01-072 01-083 01-077 01-087 01-092 01-170

Extreme Temperature - (Standard technology with manual adjustments in a classic housing) OXC-P-1500-R OXC-P-2MH0-R Greengate Catalog # 360, Up to 1500 sq.ft. 2 x mounting height, Up to 25ft. 15 sec. - 30 min. 15 sec. - 30 min. w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor Range** 01-340-BAS 01-341-BAS Prior Novitas Catalog #

Voltage

LINE VOLTAGE SERIES


Dual Tech DT2000-120 DT2000-277 2,400 watts @ 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 5,000 watts @ 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2000 sq. ft. 360 2000 sq. ft. 360 N/A N/A

Passive Infrared Incandescent: 0 - 800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0 - 1000W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0 - 1800W @ 277V Fluorescent: 0 - 2200W @ 347V

PIR1500-120-347

1500 sq. ft. 360

N/A

Ultrasonic - (US1500) US1500-120 US1500-277 2400 watts @ 120 VAC; 50/60 Hz 5000 watts @ 277 VAC; 50/60 Hz 1500 sq. ft. 360 1500 sq. ft. 360 N/A N/A

Ultrasonic - (US2000) US2000-120 US2000-277 2400 watts @ 120 VAC; 50/60 Hz 5000 watts @ 277 VAC; 50/60 Hz 2000 sq. ft. 360 2000 sq. ft. 360 N/A N/A

** The range indicated is for estimate purposes only and typically indicates major motion coverage. Please consult the actual specication sheet for the various coverage patterns.

Occupancy Sensors - Product Matrix


99

Greengate Catalog #

# of Relays

Relay Type

Voltage

Prior Novitas Catalog #

SWITCHPACKS
SP20-MV SP20-240 SP15-347 SPD20-MV-NO 1 1 1 2 Normally Open Normally Open Normally Open Normally Open 120/277 VAC, 50/60 Hz 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 347 VAC, 60 Hz 120/277 V 60 Hz 13-051 13-071 13-061 N/A

Greengate Catalog #

Range**

Mounting

Wire Lead

Features

Prior Novitas Catalog #

HIGH-BAY SENSOR
OEF-P-2MHO-MV-S OEF-P-2MHO-MV-B OEF-2MHO-MV-B6 2 x mounting height, Up to 40ft. 2 x mounting height, Up to 40ft. 2 x mounting height, Up to 40ft. Side Rear Rear 36 36 6 w/Daylight Sensor w/Daylight Sensor w/Daylight Sensor N/A N/A N/A Prior Novitas Catalog #

Greengate Catalog #

Appropriate Occupancy Sensor

ADAPTER PLATE All ceiling sensors; EXCEPT for High Bay Fixture Mount Sensors and Extreme Temperature Sensors (DO NOT USE WITH MODELS OEF-P-2MHO-MV-S, OEF-P-2MHO-MV-B, OEF-P-2MHO-MV-B6, OXC-P-1500-R, OXC-P-2MHO)

ACMP

N/A

Ceiling Sensor Adapter Plate


Used when the ceiling sensor must be mounted to a box. The adapter plate simply screws to box and sensor mounting post can be easily inserted. The appropriate sensor guard model for each Greengate ceiling sensor is identified below. The diagram to the left shows the adapter plate (ACMP) mounted to a standard fixture ring and junction box.

** The range indicated is for estimate purposes only and typically indicates major motion coverage. Please consult the actual specication sheet for the various coverage patterns.

Occupancy SensorProduct Matrix

101

Occupancy Sensors - Product Matrix

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Single Level Wall Switch Sensor (Ground Required)
PIR Activated Ultrasonic Activated Self-Adjusting

Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns 100% recycled packaging Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: (Per Relay) 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load:10 amps, 1200W, 50/60 Hz Motor Load: HP @ 125 VAC 277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 9.8 amps, 2700W, 50/60 Hz 347 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 4.3 amps, 1500W, 50/60 Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto), Selectable 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195H x 1.732W (106.553mm x 44mm) Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions-(ONW-D1001-347): 4.35H x 1.732W (110.49mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.732"W (110.49mm x 44mm) LED Indicators: Red LED for PIR detection; Green LED for Ultrasonic detection. Warranty: Five year FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Overview The Dual Technology Single Level Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one that is used to for energy savings and convenience. It does not require a neutral wire for installation making it ideal for retrot applications. Operation The ONW-D-1001-MV combines Ultrasonic (US) and Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. PIR is used to turn the lights ON and then either or both technologies are used to keep the lights ON. In Automatic ON Mode, the lights turn ON automatically when a person enters the room. In Manual ON Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. Applications private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

small classrooms small restrooms (1-2 stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included. Wallplate not included with 347 VAC model.

Catalog # ONW-D-1001-MV-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

Ratings Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-2700W @ 277V Max Load/Relay Incandescent: 0-1500W @ 347V Fluorescent: 0-1500W @ 347V Max Load/Relay

Coverage 180; 1000 sq.ft.

Voltage 120/277 VAC, 50/60 Hz

ONW-D-1001-347-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

180; 1000 sq.ft.

347 VAC, 50/60 Hz

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

Wiring Diagrams
Single Level SwitchingSingle Circuit

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Single Level


Dual Level Switchingusing additional toggle switch
120/277 VAC BLACK BLUE

120/277 VAC

BLACK

BLUE

GREEN

GREEN LOAD
GROUND

LOAD 1

LOAD 2

GROUND

NEUTRAL

NEUTRAL
A/B SWITCHING USING TOGGLE SWITCH TO TURN OFF SECOND LOAD

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-off automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.
TRAVELLER WIRES 120/277 VAC

BLACK

BLUE

BLUE

BLACK

GREEN LOAD 1 GROUND

GREEN

GROUND

NEUTRAL

Coverage
36 36 , 20 20 ,

*For 347 VAC wiring diagrams refer to Installation Instructions

Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

15
8 8
,

Minor Motion, Ultrasonic Major Motion, Ultrasonic

10 10

8 8 Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

15

, 15

20 20

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay
Relay 1

Activation
Not Used

PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode


4 Full 50% 5 Disable Enable 6

ON/OFF Button
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Not Used
9

Maintain Lights On
10 Either Both

Not Used
11 12

DIP Switch
15 Sec Test/Auto*

2 Auto Manual

Red (PIR) & Green (US) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment Ultrasonic Detection Ultrasonic Sensitivity Adjustment DIP Switches

5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Default =

10 11 12

ON/OFF Button

103 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Single Level Wall Switch Sensor (Neutral Required)
PIR Activated Ultrasonic Activated Self-Adjusting

Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns 100% recycled packaging

Overview The Dual Technology Single Level Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one that is used to for energy savings and convenience. Operation The ONW-D-1001-MV-N combines Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. PIR is used to turn the lights ON and then either or both technologies are used to keep the lights ON. In Automatic ON Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual ON Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms

Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 10 amps, 1200W, 50/60 Hz Motor Load: HP @ 125 VAC 230/277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 9.8 amps, 2700W, 50/60Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto), 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195H x 1.732W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED for PIR detection; Green LED for Ultrasonic; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or nightlight locator Warranty: Five year

small classrooms small restrooms (1-2 stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

Ordering

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog #

Ratings

Coverage 180; 1000 sq.ft.

Voltage 120 to 277 VAC; 50/60 Hz

ONW-D-1001-MV-N-* Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 120V (* - W, V, LA, G, B) Fluorescent: 0-2700W @ 277V Max Load/Relay

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Wiring Diagrams
Single Level SwitchingSingle Circuit

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Single Level


Dual Level Switching - Using additional toggle switch

120 to 277 VAC

BLACK

BLUE
120 to 277 VAC

BLACK

BLUE

GREEN WHITE GROUND LOAD


GROUND

GREEN WHITE LOAD 1 LOAD 2

NEUTRAL

NEUTRAL

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-off automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.
TRAVELER WIRES 120 to 277 VAC

BLACK

BLUE

BLUE

BLACK

GREEN WHITE GROUND LOAD WHITE

GREEN

GROUND

NEUTRAL

Coverage
36 36 ,

20
Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

, 20

15
8 8
,

Minor Motion, Ultrasonic Major Motion, Ultrasonic

10 10

8 8 Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles.

15

, 15

20 20

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay DIP Switch
1 2 Auto Manual

Activation
Relay 1

Not Used
3 4

PIR Sensitivity
5 Full 50%

Walk-Through Mode
6 Disable Enable

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Not Used
9

Maintain Lights On
10 Either Both

Not Used
11 12

Red (PIR) & Green (US) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment Ultrasonic Detection Ultrasonic Sensitivity Adjustment DIP Switches

Auto* 5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Default =

9 10

11 12

105
ON/OFF Button

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Dual Relay Wall Switch Sensor


(Ground Required)

PIR Activated

Ultrasonic Activated

Self-Adjusting

Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Additional pushbutton with light/fan graphic included 100% recycled packaging
Overview The Dual Technology Dual Relay Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one that is used for energy savings and convenience. The unit contains two relays that allow the control of two separate loads. It does not require a neutral wire for installation making it ideal for retrot applications. Operation The ONW-D-1001-DMV combines Ultrasonic (US) and Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. PIR is used to turn the lights ON and then either or both technologies are used to keep the lights ON. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. Each relay can be set independently to Automatic or Manual On Mode. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjust sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. Applications private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms

Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: (Per Relay) 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 10 amps, 1200W, 50/60 Hz Motor Load: HP @ 125 VAC 277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 9.8 amps, 2700W, 50/60 Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto) Selectable 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195"H x 1.732"W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H x 1.752"W x 1.9D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED for PIR detection; Green LED for Ultrasonic; Green LED Warranty: Five year

small classrooms small restrooms (1-2 stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

Ordering

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog # ONW-D-1001-DMV-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

Ratings Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-2700W @ 277V Max Load/Relay

Coverage 180; 1000 sq.ft.

Voltage 120/277 VAC, 50/60 Hz

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Wiring Diagrams

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Dual Relay


120/277 VAC dual level dual circuit wiring diagram

120/277 VAC dual level single circuit wiring diagram

120/277 VAC

BLACK RED

BLUE RED

CIRCUIT 1 120/277 VAC CIRCUIT 2 120/277 VAC

BLACK RED

BLUE RED

GREEN LOAD 2 GROUND LOAD 1

GREEN LOAD 2 GROUND LOAD 1

NEUTRAL

NEUTRAL

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-OFF automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.
120/277 VAC TRAVELER WIRES

BLACK RED

BLUE RED

BLUE RED

BLACK RED

GREEN LOAD 2 GROUND LOAD 1

GREEN

GROUND

NEUTRAL

Coverage
36 36 ,

20
Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

, 20

15
8 8
,

Minor Motion, Ultrasonic Major Motion, Ultrasonic

10 10

8 8 Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

15

, 15

20 20

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay
Relay 1

Activation
Relay 2

PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode Maintain Lights On


4 5 Full 50% Disable Enable 6 Either Both 7

Override
8 Disable Enable

Bathroom
9 Disable Enable

Relay Swap
Relay 1

Daylighting
Relay 2

DIP Switch
Auto*

2 Auto Manual

3 Auto Manual

10 Normal Swap Disable Enable

11 Disable Enable

12

Red (PIR) & Green (US) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment Ultrasonic Detection Ultrasonic Sensitivity Adjustment DIP Switches

5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Default =

10 11 12

ON/OFF Buttons 1&2

107 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Dual Relay Wall Switch Sensor


(Neutral Required)

PIR Activated

Ultrasonic Activated

Self-Adjusting

Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Additional pushbutton with light/fan graphic included 100% recycled packaging Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: (Per Relay) 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load:10 amps, 1200W, 50/60 Hz Motor Load: HP @ 125 VAC 230/277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 9.8 amps, 2700W, 50/60Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto) Selectable 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195"H x 1.732"W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED for PIR detection; Green LED for Ultrasonic; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or night light locator Warranty: Five year

Overview The Dual Technology Dual Relay Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one that is used for energy savings and convenience. The unit contains two relays that allow the control of two separate loads. Operation The ONW-D-1001-DMV-N combines Ultrasonic (US) and Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. PIR is used to turn the lights ON and then either or both technologies are used to keep the lights ON. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. Each relay can be set independently to Automatic or Manual On Mode. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjust sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. Applications private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

small classrooms small restrooms (1-2 stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog #

Ratings

Coverage 180; 1000 sq.ft.

Voltage 120 to 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz

ONW-D-1001-DMV-N-* Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 120V (* - W, V, LA, G, B) Fluorescent: 0-2700W @ 277V Max Load/Relay

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Wiring Diagrams

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech/Dual Relay


120 to 277 VAC dual level dual circuit wiring diagram
CIRCUIT 1 120 to 277 VAC CIRCUIT 2 120 to 277 VAC BLACK RED BLUE RED

120 to 277 VAC dual level single circuit wiring diagram

120 to 277 VAC

BLACK RED

BLUE RED

GREEN

GREEN WHITE GROUND LOAD 2 LOAD 1


CIRCUIT 1 GROUND

WHITE

LOAD 2

LOAD 1

NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT 2)

NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT 1)

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-OFF automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.

Coverage
36 36 ,

20
Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

, 20

15
8 8
,

Minor Motion, Ultrasonic Major Motion, Ultrasonic

10 10

8 8 Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

20 20

Controls

DIP Switch Legend


Override Bathroom

109 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

15 15

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech RR7 Compatible Wall Switch Sensor


PIR Activated Ultrasonic Activated Self-Adjusting

Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Tracking/HVAC mode 100% recycled packaging
Overview The Dual Technology RR7 Compatible Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control that is used or energy savings and convenience. This low voltage unit interfaces directly with GE RR7 Relay Systems. Low voltage switches do not require conduit in most markets thus lowering installation costs. Operation The ONW-D-1001-RR7 combines Ultrasonic and Passive Infared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. PIR is used to turn the lights ON and then either or both technologies are used to keep the lights ON. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. Each relay can be set independently to Automatic or Manual On Mode. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously selfadjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. HVAC mode allows the load connected to the Form C BAS relay to remain ON when the lights are turned OFF manually. Applications may include keeping the room at a desired temperature while giving a presentation and the lights are OFF. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: Input: 24 VAC 10% Maximum current needed is 25mA 1 VA max for each sensor 7 VA max for each GE RR7/9 relay 8.5 VA max for each Sierra 1070-B relay Output: Half-wave rectified 24 VAC for 300ms pulse for driving up to 4 GE RR7/9 type relays or up to 2 Sierra 1070-B type relays. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto), Selectable 5,15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195"H x 1.732"W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED indicates PIR detection: Green LED indicates Ultrasonic detection; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or night light locator. Warranty: Five year

small classrooms small restrooms (1-2 stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog # ONW-D-1001-RR7-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

Coverage 180 coverage area; 1000 sq. ft.,

Ratings 24 VAC Input with isolated Form C relay (half wave rectified)

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Wiring Diagrams
Low voltage wiring diagram

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech RR7 Compatible


NEUTRAL LOAD

HOT

RELAY

BLUE

RED

BLACK

24 VAC

TO ADDITIONAL RELAYS

NOTE- USE ONLY APPROVED RELAYS: GE RR7 TYPE MAXIMUM OF FOUR OR SIERRA 1070-B TYPE MAXIMUM OF TWO. ORANGE (N.O.) GRAY (COMMON) PURPLE (N.C.) WHITE RED BLACK

Coverage
36 36 ,

20
Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

, 20

15
8 8
,

Minor Motion, Ultrasonic Major Motion, Ultrasonic

10 10

8 8 Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

20 20

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay DIP Switch
Auto* 5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode 1 2 Auto Manual

Activation
Relay 1

Isolated Relay
3 Tracking HVAC 4

PIR Sensitivity
5 Full 50%

Walk-Through Mode
6 Disable Enable

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Not Used
9

Maintain Lights On
10 Either Both

Not Used
11

Not Used
12

Red (PIR) & Green (US) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment Ultrasonic Detection Ultrasonic Sensitivity Adjustment DIP Switches

Default =

10 11 12

ON/OFF Button

111 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

15 15

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech Low Voltage Wall Switch Sensor


PIR Activated Ultrasonic Activated Self-Adjusting

Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Tracking/HVAC mode 100% recycled packaging
Overview The Dual Technology Low Voltage Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control that is used for energy savings and convenience. Low Voltage sensors utilize an isolated Form-C relay that integrates directly with lighting control, building, and HVAC systems. Low voltage switches do not require conduit in most markets thus lowering installation costs. Operation The ONW-D-1001-SP combines Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. PIR is used to turn the lights ON and then either or both technologies are used to keep the lights ON. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. Each relay can be set independently to Automatic On Mode or Manual On Mode. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. HVAC mode allows the load connected to the Form C BAS relay to remain ON when the lights are turned OFF manually. Applications may include keeping the room at a desired temperature while giving a presentation and the lights are OFF. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: Input: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output can switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto), Selectable 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195H x 1.732W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED indicates PIR detection; Green LED indicates Ultrasonic detection; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or night light locator. Warranty: Five year

small classrooms small restrooms (1-2 stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog # ONW-D-1001-SP-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

Coverage 180 coverage area; 1000 sq. ft.

Ratings 10-30 VDC Input with isolated Form C relay

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

Wiring Diagrams
Low Voltage wiring diagram

ONW-D, NeoSwitch Dual Tech Low Voltage


HOT LINE NEUTRAL

HOT

WHITE

LOAD BLUE BLUE

ORANGE (N.O.) GRAY (COMMON) PURPLE (N.C.)

RED (10-30VDC) BLUE (CONTROL) BLACK (COMMON)

RED

BLACK

BLUE

Recommended wire: 18-3 AWG standard non-shielded

Coverage
36 36 , 20 20 ,

Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

15
8 8
,

Minor Motion, Ultrasonic Major Motion, Ultrasonic

10 10

8 8 Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

20 20

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay DIP Switch
Auto* 1 2 Auto Manual

Activation
Relay 1

Isolated Relay
3 Tracking HVAC 4

PIR Sensitivity
5 Full 50%

Walk-Through Mode
6 Disable Enable

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Not Used
9

Maintain Lights On
10 Either Both

Not Used
11

Not Used
12

Red (PIR) & Green (US) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment Ultrasonic Detection Ultrasonic Sensitivity Adjustment DIP Switches

5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Default =

10 11 12

ON/OFF Button

113 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

15 15

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR/Single Level Wall Switch Sensor


(Ground Required)

PIR Activated

Self-Adjusting

Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns 100% recycled packaging Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings: 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 10 amps, 1200W, 50/60 Hz Motor Load: HP @ 125 VAC 277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 9.8 amps, 2700W, 50/60 Hz 347 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 4.3 amps, 1500W, 50/60 Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto), Selectable 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions-ONW-P-1001-MV: 4.195"H x 1.732"W (106.553 mm x 44 mm) Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions-ONW-P-1001-347: 4.35"H x 1.732"W (110.49mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED indicates PIR detection; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or night light locator Warranty: Five year FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Overview The Passive Infrared Single Level Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one that is used to for energy savings and convenience. Operation ONW-P-1001-MV is designed to detect motion from a heat-emitting source (such as a person entering a room) within its field-of-view and automatically switch lights ON. These sensors have multi-segmented lenses. For units to sense motion, the person must cross between two segments. The distance between segments increases the farther you are from the sensor, so motion had to be larger the farther you are from the unit. PIR sensors are considered line-of-sight sensors, meaning that the sensor must be able to have a direct line-of-sight to the person making the motion. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

small classrooms small restrooms (no stalls) small lounges rooms

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included. Wallplate Not included with 347VAC model.

Catalog # ONW-P-1001-MV-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

Ratings Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @120V Fluorescent: 0-2700W @ 277V Max Load/Relay

Coverage 180; 1000 sq.ft.

Voltage 120/277 VAC; 50/60 Hz

ONW-P-1001-347-* Incandescent: 0-1500W @ 347V (* - W, V, LA, G, B) Fluorescent: 0-1500W @ 347V Max Load/Relay
* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

180; 1000 sq.ft.

347 VAC; 50/60 Hz

Wiring Diagrams
Single Level Switching

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR/Single Level


Dual Level Switching - Using additional toggle switch
120/277 VAC BLACK BLUE

120/277 VAC

BLACK

BLUE

GREEN LOAD GROUND

GREEN LOAD 1 GROUND LOAD 2

NEUTRAL

NEUTRAL

Single Level Three-Way Wiring Diagram: Lights will turn-off automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.

Coverage
36 36 , 20 20 ,

*For 347 VAC wiring diagrams refer to Installation Instructions

Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

15
8 8
,

Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles.
The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay DIP Switch
1 2 Auto Manual

Activation
Relay 1

Not Used
4

PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode


5 Full 50% Disable Enable 6

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Red (PIR) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment

Auto* 5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Default =

DIP Switches
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON/OFF Button

115 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR/Dual Relay Wall Switch Sensor


(Ground Required)

PIR Activated

Self-Adjusting

Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Additional pushbutton with light/fan graphic included 100% recycled packaging Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings: (Per Relay) 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 10 amps, 1200W, 50/60 Hz Motor Load: HP @ 125 VAC 277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 9.8 amps, 2700W, 50/60 Hz 347 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 4.3 amps, 1500W, 50/60 Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto) Selectable 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195"H x 1.732"W (106.553mm x 44mm) Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions (ONW-P-1001D347): 4.35"H x 1.732"W (110.49mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H x 1.752"W x 1.9D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED for PIR detection; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or night light locator Warranty: Five year FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Overview The Passive Infrared Dual Relay Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one that is used for energy savings and convenience. The unit contains two relays that allow the control of two separate loads. Operation The ONW-P-1001-DMV is designed to detect motion from a heat-emitting source (such as a person entering a room) within its field-of-view and automatically switch lights ON. These sensors have multi-segmented lenses. For units to sense motion, the person must cross between two segments. The distance between segments increases the farther you are from the sensor, so motion has to be larger the farther you are from the unit. PIR sensors are considered line-of-sight sensors, meaning that the sensor must be able to have a direct line-of-sight to the person making the motion. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. Each relay can be set independently to Automatic or Manual On Mode. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

small classrooms small restrooms (no stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included. Wallplate not included with 347VAC model.

Catalog #

Ratings

Coverage 180; 1000 sq.ft.

Voltage 120/277 VAC, 50/60 Hz

ONW-P-1001-DMV-* Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V (* - W, V, LA, G, B) Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-2700W @ 277V Max Load/Relay ONW-P-1001-D347-* Incandescent: 0-1500W @ 347V Fluorescent: 0-1500W @ 347V (*-W, V, LA, G, B) Max Load/Relay * White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

180; 1000 sq.ft.

347 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Wiring Diagrams
120/277 VAC dual level single circuit wiring diagram

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR/Dual Relay


120/277 VAC dual level dual circuit wiring diagram
BLUE RED
CIRCUIT 1 120/277 VAC CIRCUIT 2 120/277 VAC BLACK RED BLUE RED

120/277 VAC

BLACK RED

GREEN LOAD 2 GROUND LOAD 1


CIRCUIT 1 GROUND

GREEN LOAD 2 LOAD 1

NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT 2)

NEUTRAL

NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT 1)

Dual level single circuit three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-OFF automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.

Coverage
36 36 , 20 20 ,

*For 347 VAC wiring diagrams refer to Installation Instructions

Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

15
8 8
,

Controls

The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns

DIP Switch Legend


Time Delay
Relay 1

Activation
Relay 2

PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode


4 5 Full 50% Disable Enable 6

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Bathroom
9 Disable Enable

Relay Swap
Relay 1

Daylighting
Relay 2

Red (PIR) Detection LED PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment EcoMeter DIP Switches

DIP Switch
Auto* 5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

2 Auto Manual

3 Auto Manual

10 Normal Swap Disable Enable

11 Disable Enable

12

Default =
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

ON/OFF Buttons 1&2

117 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles.

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR RR7 Compatible Wall Switch Sensor


PIR Activated Self-Adjusting

Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Tracking/HVAC mode 100% recycled packaging Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings: Input: 24 VAC 10% Maximum current needed is 25mA 1 VA max for each sensor 7 VA max for each GE RR7/9 relay 8.5 VA max for each Sierra 1070-B relay Output: Half-wave rectified 24 VAC for 300ms pulse for driving up to 4 GE RR7/9 type relays or up to 2 Sierra 1070-B type relays. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC. Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto), Selectable 5,15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195"H x 1.732"W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED indicates PIR detection; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or night light locator Warranty: Five year

Overview The Passive Infrared RR7 Compatible Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control that is used or energy savings and convenience. This low voltage unit interfaces directly with GE RR7 Relay Systems. Low voltage switches do not require conduit in most markets thus lowering installation costs. Operation The ONW-P-1001-RR7 is designed to detect motion from a heat-emitting source (such as a person entering a room) within its field-of-view and automatically switch lights ON. These sensors have multi-segmented lenses. For units to sense motion, the person must cross between two segments. The distance between segments increases the farther you are from the sensor, so motion had to be larger the farther you are from the unit. PIR sensors are considered line-of-sight sensors, meaning that the sensor must be able to have a direct line-of-sight to the person making the motion. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. HVAC mode allows the load connected to the Form C BAS relay to remain ON when the lights are turned OFF manually. Applications may include keeping the room at a desired temperature while giving a presentation and the lights are OFF. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

small classrooms small restrooms (no stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog #

Coverage 180 coverage; 1,000 sq. ft. area

Ratings 24 VAC Input with isolated Form C relay (half wave rectified)

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

ONW-P-1001-RR7-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

Wiring Diagrams
Low voltage wiring diagram
NEUTRAL

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR RR7 Compatible

HOT

LOAD

RELAY

RED

BLACK

24 VAC BLUE

TO ADDITIONAL RELAYS

NOTE- USE ONLY APPROVED RELAYS: GE RR7 TYPE MAXIMUM OF FOUR OR SIERRA 1070-B TYPE MAXIMUM OF TWO. ORANGE (N.O.) GRAY (COMMON) PURPLE (N.C.) WHITE RED BLACK

Coverage
36 20
Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

15 8

Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

Controls

DIP Switch Legend


Time Delay DIP Switch
15 Sec Test/Auto* 1 2 Auto Manual

Activation
3

Isolated Relay
4 Tracking HVAC

PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode


5 Full 50% Disable Enable 6

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Red (PIR) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment

5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Default =

DIP Switches
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON/OFF Button

119 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR Low Voltage Wall Switch Sensor

PIR Activated

Self-Adjusting

Selectable built-in light level sensor NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Tracking/HVAC mode 100% recycled packaging Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings: Input: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output can switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC. Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test (10 min. Auto), Selectable 5, 15, 30 min. Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Light Level Sensing: 0 to 200 foot-candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195H x 1.732W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED indicates PIR detection; Green LED acts as EcoMeter or night light locator Warranty: Five year

Overview The Passive Infrared Low Voltage Occupancy Sensing Wall Switch is a motion sensing lighting control and that is used to for energy savings and convenience. Low Voltage sensors utilize an isolated form-C relay that integrates directly with lighting control, building, and HVAC systems. Low voltage switches do not require conduit in most markets thus lowering installation costs. Operation The ONW-P-1001-SP is designed to detect motion from a heat-emitting source (such as a person entering a room) within its field-of-view and automatically switch lights ON. These sensors have multi-segmented lenses. For units to sense motion, the person must cross between two segments. The distance between segments increases the farther you are from the sensor, so motion has to be larger the farther you are from the unit. PIR sensors are considered line-of-sight sensors, meaning that the sensor must be able to have a direct line-of-sight to the person making the motion. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. The EcoMeter provides a visual indicator of energy usage, increasing end user awareness and reminding individuals to take control of their lighting to maximize energy savings. HVAC mode allows the load connected to the Form C BAS relay to remain ON when the lights are turned OFF manually. Applications may include keeping the room at a desired temperature while giving a presentation and the lights are OFF. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

small classrooms small restrooms (no stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog # ONW-P-1001-SP-* (* - W, V, LA, G, B)

Coverage 180 coverage area; 1,000 sq. ft.

Ratings 10-30 VDC Input with isolated Form C relay

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

* White, Ivory, Light Almond, Gray, Black

Wiring Diagrams
Low Voltage wiring diagram
HOT LINE NEUTRAL

ONW-P, NeoSwitch PIR Low Voltage

HOT

WHITE

USE BLACK LEAD FRO 120VAC. USE ORANGE LEAD FOR 277VAC. CAP UNUSED LEAD.

LOAD BLUE BLUE

ORANGE (N.O.) GRAY (COMMON) PURPLE (N.C.)

RED (10-30VDC) BLUE (CONTROL) BLACK (COMMON)

RED

BLACK

BLUE

Recommended wire: 18-3 AWG standard non-shielded

Coverage
36 20
Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

15 8

Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

Control
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay DIP Switch
Auto* 5 Minutes 1 2 Auto Manual

Activation
Relay 1

Isolated Relay
4 Tracking HVAC

PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode


5 Full 50% Disable Enable 6

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Red (PIR) Detection LEDs PIR Lens Daylight Sensor Level Adjustment

15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Default =

DIP Switches

ON/OFF Button

121 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

VNLW-P, NeoSwitch PIR Wall Switch Sensor w/ Night Light (Neutral Required)
PIR Activated Self-Adjusting

Amber LED night light illuminates when overhead lights are OFF Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns 100% recycled packaging Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings: 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 10 amps, 1200W, 50/60 Hz Motor Load: HP @ 125 VAC 277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 9.8 amps, 2700W, 50/60Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test, 1, 5, 15, 20, 30 min., 1 hour, 2 hours Coverage: Major motion - 36 x 30 Minor motion - 20 x 16 Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 104F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94VO. Size: Mounting Plate/Strap Dimensions: 4.195"H x 1.732"W (106.553mm x 44mm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.618"H X 1.752"W X 1.9"D (66.5mm x 44.5mm x 48.26mm) LED Indicators: Red LED indicates PIR detection; Amber LED night light. Warranty: Five year

Overview The Passive Infrared (PIR) Single Relay Vacancy Sensing Wall Switch with Night Light is a lighting control and wall switch all-in-one that is used for energy savings and convenience. Operation VNLW-P-1001-MV-N is designed to detect motion from a heat-emitting source (such as a person entering a room) within its field-of-view and automatically switch lights ON. These sensors have multi-segmented lenses. For units to sense motion, the person must cross between two segments. The distance between segments increases the farther you are from the sensor, so motion has to be larger the farther you are from the unit. PIR sensors are considered line-of-sight sensors, meaning that the sensor must be able to have a direct line-of-sight to the person making the motion. In Automatic On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the universally recognized light icon pushbutton.The unit ships in Manual ON mode. The night light activates when the sensor turns the lights OFF. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. Application private offices small conference rooms lunch/break rooms Ordering

small classrooms small restrooms (no stalls) small lounges

small waiting rooms small closets small storage areas

One single gang wallplate included

Catalog #

Ratings

Coverage 180; 1000 sq.ft.

Voltage 120/277 VAC; 50/60 Hz

VNLW-P-1001-MV-N-* Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 120V (* - W, V, LA) Fluorescent: 0-2700W @ 277V Max Load/Relay * White, Ivory, Light Almond

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Wiring Diagrams
Single Level SwitchingSingle Circuit
120/277 VAC

VNLW-P, NeoSwitch PIR w/Night Light


BLACK BLUE

GREEN WHITE GROUND LOAD

NEUTRAL

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-off automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.
120/277 VAC TRAVELER WIRES

BLACK

BLUE

BLUE

BLACK

GREEN WHITE GROUND LOAD 1 WHITE

GREEN

GROUND

NEUTRAL

Coverage
36 36 ,

20
Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR

, 20

15
8 8
,

Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles.
The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay Activation
3 Auto Manual Tracking HVAC

Isolated Relay
4

Not Used
5

Walk-Through Mode
6 Disable Enable

EcoMeter
7 Enable Disable

Override
8 Disable Enable

Lens glows amber when night light is activated

DIP Switch
Auto* 5 Minutes 15 Minutes 30 Minutes *Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Red (PIR) LED

PIR Lens

Default =

DIP Switches
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON/OFF Button

123 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OSW-P, Single & Dual Level 120/277V

Self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time Automatically resets the time delay to 10 minutes if left in installer mode Built in feature prevents false activation during a building automation system power on sweeps Automatic ON mode provides maximum convenience

PIR Activated

Reinforced lens is tamper-resistant

120 and 277 V in the same unit Exclusive Energy Savings Mode Zero-crossing technology to maximize relay life and ensure wall switch longevity No minimum load requirement Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Manual OFF Pushbutton can be used in either mode NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage patterns Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings: (per relay) 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 6.7 amps. Motor Load: 1/4HP @ 125 VAC 277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 4.3 amps, 1200W, 60 Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts. Time Delays: 15 sec. to 30 min. Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection-molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94V0. Size: Mounting Plate Dimensions: 4.15"H X 1.94"W (10.54cm x 4.92cm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.73"H X 1.8"W X 1.8"D (6.93cm x 4.57cm x 4.57cm) Operating Modes: Automatic ON/Automatic OFF Manual ON/Automatic OFF LED lamp: Red LED Warranty: Five year UL Listed

Overview The OSW-P is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one. This self-contained unit is offered in two versions: One switches a single circuit and the second has two relays and is commonly called a dual-level sensor. Wall switches are ideal for smaller spaces where you will not have obstructions of line-of-sight due to switch location, room orientation or furniture placement. Operation The OSW-P includes self-adapting technology that continually adjusts to conditions by adjusting sensitivity and time delay in real-time. Single Circuit and Two Circuit/Dual-Level In the Automatic ON Mode, the lights turn ON automatically when a person enters the room. In the Manual ON Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the touchplate at the top of the switch. In either mode, the lights will stay ON as long as the sensor detects motion in the room. When the room is vacated, the lights will turn OFF automatically after a preset time delay interval. Two Circuit/Dual-Level The OSW-P-0451-DMV allows the control of two separate loads with one switch. The Two Circuit operates the same in the Auto and Manual modes as the single circuit switch. To change light levels once the lights are ON, the user presses and holds the touchplate allowing the lights to cycle through in the following order: primary load only, both loads, secondary loads only. The DualLevel also has an Energy Saver mode that ensures that the wall switch only activates one load. If both loads are on when the sensor times out, only the primary load will be activated. If only the primary or secondary load was on at time of shut out, the sensor will reactivate the load that was on at the time. If the lights were shut OFF manually, the switch will activate the primary load only. Application offices conference rooms Ordering
Catalog # OSW-P-0451-MV-* (*-W, V, A) OSW-P-0451-DMV-* (*-W, V, A)
* White, Ivory, Almond

board room utility rooms

Ratings Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 277V Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 277V Max Load/Relay

Coverage 180; 450 sq. ft. (41.80 sq. meters)

Shut-off Delay Adjustable 15 sec. - 30 min.

Wiring Diagrams
Single Level Switching

OSW-P, Single & Dual Level 120/277V


Dual Level SwitchingSingle Circuit Dual Level SwitchingTwo Circuits

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-off automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.

Coverage
The OSW-P series has a coverage range of 180, a minor motion coverage area of approximately 300 sq. ft., and a maximum coverage area of approximately 450 sq. ft. Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstructions. Tape is provided which can be placed on the sensor lens to control the horizontal field of view on each side of the sensor. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

Application

DIP Switches
TIME DELAY TIME DELAY TIME DELAY TIME DELAY AUTO ON / MANUAL ON DISABLE SELF-ADJUST ENERGY SAVER MODE ON DUAL LEVEL ONLY 8 - OVERRIDE ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 -

o = ON

- = OFF

125 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

DIPSWITCH CONTROL LEGEND

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OSW-P, Single & Dual Level 347V

Self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time Automatically resets the time delay to 10 minutes if left in installer mode Built in feature prevents false activation during a building automation system power on sweeps

PIR Activated

Automatic ON mode provides maximum convenience

Reinforced lens is tamper-resistant

Exclusive Energy Savings Mode (Dual Level Model Only) Zero-crossing technology to maximize relay life and ensure wall switch longevity No minimum load requirement Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Manual OFF Pushbutton can be used in either mode NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage patterns Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings: (per relay) 347 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 1.7 amps, 600 W, 60 Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts. Time Delays: 15 sec. to 30 min. Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection-molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94V0. Size: Mounting Plate Dimensions: 4.5"H X 1.94"W (11.43cm x 4.92cm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.73"H X 1.8"W X 1.8"D (6.93cm x 4.57cm x 4.57cm) Operating Modes: Automatic ON/Automatic OFF Manual ON/Automatic OFF LED lamp: Red LED Warranty: Five year

Overview The OSW-P is a motion sensing lighting control and conventional wall switch all-in-one. This self-contained unit is offered in two versions: one switches a single circuit and the second has two relays and is commonly called a dual-level sensor. Wall switches are ideal for smaller spaces where you will not have obstructions of line-of-sight due to switch location, room orientation or furniture placement. Operation The OSW-P includes self-adapting technology that continually adjusts to conditions by adjusting sensitivity and time delay in real-time. Single Circuit and Two Circuit/Dual-Level In the Automatic ON Mode, the lights turn ON automatically when a person enters the room. In the Manual ON Mode, the lights are turned ON by pressing the touchplate at the top of the switch. In either mode, the lights will stay ON as long as the sensor detects motion in the room. When the room is vacated, the lights will turn OFF automatically after preset time delay interval. Two Circuit/Dual-Level The OSW-P-0451-D347 allows the control of two separate loads with one switch. The Two Circuit switch operates the same in the Auto and Manual modes as the single circuit switch. To change light levels once the lights are ON, the user presses and holds the touchplate allowing the lights to cycle through in the following order: primary load only, both loads, secondary loads only. The Dual-Level also has an Energy Saver mode that ensures that the wall switch only activates one load. If both loads are on when the sensor times out, only the primary load will be activated. If only the primary or secondary load was on at time of shut out, the sensor will reactivate the load that was on at the time. If the lights were shut OFF manually, the switch will activate the primary load only. Application offices conference rooms Ordering
Catalog # OSW-P-0451-347-W Ratings Fluorescent: 0-600W @ 347V Fluorescent: 0-600W @ 347V Max Load/Relay Coverage 180; 450 sq. ft. (41.80 sq. meters) Shut-off Delay Adjustable 15 sec. - 30 min.

board room utility rooms

OSW-P-0451-D347-W

CSA Listed

Wiring Diagrams
Single Level Switching

OSW-P, Single & Dual Level 347V


Dual Level SwitchingSingle Circuit Dual Level SwitchingTwo Circuits

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-off automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.

Coverage
Coverage The OSW-P series has a coverage range of 180, a minor motion coverage area of approximately 300 sq. ft., and a maximum coverage area of approximately 450 sq. ft. Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstructions. Tape is provided which can be placed on the sensor lens to control the horizontal field of view on each side of the sensor. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

Contols
DIPSWITCH CONTROL LEGEND TIME DELAY TIME DELAY TIME DELAY TIME DELAY AUTO ON / MANUAL ON DISABLE SELF-ADJUST ENERGY SAVER MODE ON DUAL LEVEL ONLY 8 - OVERRIDE ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 -

o = ON

- = OFF

127 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

DIP Switches

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OSW-U, Ultrasonic (120/277V)

No false activations from adjacent corridor activity

Ultrasonic Activated

120 and 277 V in the same unit No minimum load requirement Air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load Complete no gap coverage Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage patterns

Automatic ON mode provides maximum convenience Manual OFF Pushbutton can be used in either mode

Specifications:
Technology: Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: 120 VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten Max. load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 60 Hz Motor Load: 1/4HP @ 125 VAC 277 VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast Max. load: 4.3 amps, 1200W, 60 Hz Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts. Time Delays: 15 sec. to 15 min. Operating Environment: Temperature: 60 F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: ABS resin complies with UL94V0. Material Characteristics: Durable, injection-molded Size: Mounting Plate Dimensions: 4.15"H X 1.94"W (10.54cm x 4.92cm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.73"H X 1.8"W X 1.8"D (6.93cm x 4.57cm x 4.57cm) Operating Modes: Automatic ON/Automatic OFF Manual ON/Automatic OFF Shut Off Delay: Adjustable 30 sec. - 15 min. LED lamp: Red LED Warranty: Five year

Overview The self-contained OSW-U-0721-MV is an energy-saving, motion-sensing lighting control that replaces a conventional wall switch and utilizes ultrasonic technology to detect room motion. Wall switches are ideal for smaller spaces where you will not have obstructions of line-of-sight due to switch location, room orientation or furniture placement. Operation The sensor produces a low-intensity, inaudible sound to detect occupancy in a room. Changes in the sensors acoustic wave caused by motion, such as walking into a room, reaching for a telephone or swiveling in a chair, will cause the lights to turn ON. The sensor does not respond to audible sound. In the Automatic ON mode, lights will turn ON automatically when a person enters the room. In Manual ON mode, lights are turned ON by pressing the touchplate at the top of the switch. When the room is vacated, lights turn OFF automatically after the programmed time delay. An air-gap switch ensures no leakage current to load for maximum product reliability. Applications offices conference rooms Ordering
Catalog # OSW-U-0721-MV-* (*-W, V, A) Ratings Incandescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-800W @ 120V Fluorescent: 0-1200W @ 277V Coverage 180; 500 ft2 (27.87m2) - Major 300 ft2 (46.45m2) - Minor Shut-off Delay Adjustable 15 sec. - 15 min.

board room utility rooms

* White, Ivory, Almond

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams
Single Level Switching

OSW-U, Ultrasonic (120/277V)


Dual Level SwitchingUsing additional toggle switch

Three-way wiring diagram: Lights will turn-off automatically when sensor that detected motion last, times out.

Coverage

COVERAGE The OSW-U-0721 series has a coverage range of 180, a minor motion coverage area of approximately 300 sq. ft., and a maximum coverage area of approximately 500 sq. ft. Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstructions. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

Controls

Override jumper

Switch to M for Manual ON. Switch to A for Automatic ON.

129 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

TSW-MV, Digital Wall Switch Timer


Digital Accuracy to the minute LCD display stands out strongly in lighted areas and is backlit for visibility in dark areas

Tamper resistant time-on interval can be preset Percent time remaining bar graph displayed in addition to count-down time Flicker of lights and/or beep warning begins 2 minutes before count-down time elapses (Can be disabled by DIP Switch) Zero-Crossing Technology prolongs relay life by switching high-inrush equipment at close to zero power Compatible with electronic ballasts, incandescent lighting, or motor loads incandescent lighting, or motor loads No minimum load required Easy installation; fits standard 2 1/2 Wall Box Easily replaces wall switch in existing installation Specifications:
Electrical Ratings: Contacts: 800W @ 120 VAC Tungsten 800W @ 120 VAC Ballast 1200W @ 277 VAC Ballast 1/6 HP @ 120 VAC Input: 120 or 277 VAC +/- 10% 60 Hz Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 90%, non-condensing For indoor use only Size: Mounting Plate Dimensions: 4.15"H X 1.94"W (10.54cm x 4.92cm) Product Housing Dimensions: 2.73"H X 1.8"W X 1.8"D (6.93cm x 4.57cm x 4.57cm) Warranty: Five year

Manual scroll-up mode activated by holding in pushbutton for over 3 seconds. Displays selectable time-on interval options in 10-minute intervals up to 12 hours. (Can be disabled by DIP Switch.)

Overview The TSW-MV is ideal for conformance to energy codes where assurance is needed that lights are turned OFF when not in use and an occupancy sensor is not the best application. Operation Momentarily pressing the start/stop button located on the front of the unit will turn the load ON and start the countdown time (set by DIP Switches). When the count-down time elapses, the load will turn OFF. When necessary, momentarily pressing the start/stop button will also turn the load OFF before the count-down time has expired. The unit may be programmed by use of the DIP Switches to icker lights and/or beep as a warning that the load is about to be turned OFF. Holding in the pushbutton for 1 to 2 seconds while the load is on will reset the timer to its original preset interval. Applications storage rooms Ordering
Catalog # TSW-MV-* (*-W) *White Ratings 800W @ 120 VAC Tungsten 800W @ 120 VAC Ballast 1200W @ 277 VAC Ballast 1/6 HP @ 120 VAC Shut-off Delay Adjustable 5 min. - 12 hr.

hall closets

broom closets

FCC Compliant UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams
Single pole Wiring

TSW-MV, Digital Wall Switch Timer


A/B Switching

Three-Way Wiring

Controls

131 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Switch

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OAWC-DT, Dual Technology Wall/Corner Sensor

PIR Activated

Ultrasonic Activated

Self-Adjusting

MicroSet self-adjusting time delay and sensitivity Optional built-in light level sensor Optional BAS/HVAC isolated relay NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Manual-On feature for use with 1 or 2 momentary switches controlling 1 or more Switchpacks Selectable Walk-Through Mode Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate System. Maximum current needed is 25 mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks Isolated Form C Relay in (-R models) Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test, 5, 10, 15, 30 minutes Light Level Sensing in (-R models): 0 to 300 footcandles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32 F to 104 F (0C - 40C) Relative humidity: 20% to 90% Non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. Polycarbonate resin complies with UL94V0. Size: 4.4" x 3.4" x 2" (112mm x 86.4mm x 50.8mm) LED lamp: Green LED for Ultrasonic detection; Red LED for PIR detection Warranty: Five year

Overview The Dual Technology sensors combination of Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared technologies offers the most complete sensing equipment available today. This pairing helps eliminate false activations or deactivations for additional energy savings. The OAWC-DT sensors are also equipped with MicroSet self-adjusting technology which provides an adaptive and airow tolerant technology, making them ideal for spaces which have increased airow due to higher occupant levels. Self-adjusting Dual Technology sensors drastically simplify and reduce a contractors installation and adjustment time period. Operation The OAWC-DT combines Ultrasonic (US) and Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough application without the threat of false triggers. PIR is used to turn the lights ON and then either or both technologies are used to keep the lights ON. The sensor includes MicroSet self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in particular application. The Automatic-On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual-On Mode, the lights are turned ON by activating a momentary switch (model # GMDS-*) that is connected to the sensor. When used with 2 level lighting (-R model only), Bilevel Automatic-On can be achieved which allows Zone 1 to come on automatically upon occupancy. Zone 2 does not come on unless the occupant presses the optional momentary switch. When enabled, the daylighting feature (-R models only) prevents lights from turning ON when the room is adequately illuminated by natural light. Application classrooms conference rooms Ordering
Catalog # OAWC-DT-120W-R OAWC-DT-120W Coverage 1200 sq. ft. 1200 sq. ft. Field of View wide angle, 120 wide angle, 120 Features w/ BAS relay & Daylight Sensor

large offices common areas

computer rooms break rooms

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Wiring Diagram

OAWC-DT, Dual Tech Wall/Corner Sensor


One Sensor, One Switchpack

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

Recommended Wire: 18-3 AWG stranded non-shielded

Coverage
32 (9.8 m) 24 (7.3 m)

16 (4.9 m) 11 (3.4 m) 0 11 (3.4 m) 16 (4.9 m)

Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR


Minor Motion, Ultrasonic Major Motion, Ultrasonic

Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

10 ft (3 m)

24 (7.3 m)

32 (9.8 m)

6 ft (1.7 m)

15 ft (4.6 m)

24 ft (7.3 m)

50 ft (15.3 m)

Controls
DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay DIP Switch Activation Activation PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode LEDs Override Lighting Sweep Daylighting Mode
Power Pack One Power Pack Two

(-R model only)

(-R model only)

*Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Activation 3 4

PIR

Default =
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

9715-000004-00

133 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Corner Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OAWC-P, Passive Infrared Wall/Corner Sensor

PIR Activated

Self-Adjusting

Self-Adjusting time delay and sensitivity Optional built-in light level sensor Optional BAS/HVAC isolated relay NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Manual ON feature for use with 1 or 2 momentary switches controlling 1 or more Switchpacks (GMD switch) Selectable Walk-Through Mode Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate System. Maximum current needed is 25 mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks Isolated Form C Relay in (-R models) Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Self-Adjusting, 15 seconds/test, 5, 10, 15, 30 minutes Light Level Sensing in (-R models): 0 to 300 footcandles Operating Environment: Temperature: 32 F to 104 F Relative humidity: 20% to 90% non condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing. Polycarbonate resin complies with UL94V0. Size: 4.4" x 3.4" x 2" (112mm x 86.4mm x 50.8mm) LED lamp: Red LED for PIR detection Warranty: Five year

Overview The Passive Infrared Low Voltage Occupancy Sensing Wall/Corner sensor is a motion sensing lighting control that is used for energy savings and convenience. Operation The sensor is designed to detect motion from a heat-emitting source (such as a person entering a room) within its field-of-view and automatically switch lights ON. These sensors have multi-segmented lenses. For units to sense motion, the person must cross between two segments. The distance between segments increases the farther you are from the sensor, so motion has to be larger the farther you are from the unit. PIR sensors are considered line-of sight sensors, meaning that the sensor must be able to have a direct line-of-sight to the person making the motion. The sensor includes self-adaptive technology that continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay in real-time, maximizing the potential energy savings that are available in the particular application. In Automatic-On Mode, the lights turn ON when a person enters the room. In Manual On Mode, the lights are turned ON by activating a momentary switch (model # GMDS-*) that is connected to the sensor. When used with 2 level lighting (-R model only), Bi-level Automatic-On can be achieved which allows Zone 1 to come on automatically upon occupancy. Zone 2 does not come on unless the occupant presses the optional momentary switch. When enabled, the daylighting feature (-R models only) prevents lights from turning ON when the room is adequately illuminated by natural light. Application ofces conference rooms Ordering
Catalog # OAWC-P-120W-R OAWC-P-009L-H-R OAWC-P-120W OAWC-P-009L-H Coverage 1200 sq. ft. 90 linear. ft. 1200 sq. ft. 90 linear. ft. Field of View wide angle, 120 180 wide angle, 120 180 Features w/ BAS relay & Daylight Sensor w/ BAS relay & Daylight Sensor

storage areas common areas

other indoor office aisles/hallways

FCC Compliant cULus Listed RoHS Compliant

Wiring Diagrams

OAWC-P, PIR Wall/Corner Sensor


One Sensor, One Switchpack

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

Recommended Wire: 18-3 AWG stranded non-shielded

Coverage

1200 Sq. ft coverage


19.4 10 m (33 ft)

90 linear ft coverage

5m (16 ft) Maximum coverage area may vary somewhat according to room shape and the presence of obstacles. The NEMA WD 7 Guide and robotic method were utilized to verify coverage patterns.

16 (4.9)

Minor Motion, IR Major Motion, IR


0

16 (4.9)
5m (16 ft)

10 m (33 ft) 2.1 m (10 ft)

3 ft (1 mm)

7 ft (2.2 mm)

10 ft (3 mm)

43 ft (13.2 mm)

75 ft (23 mm)

92 ft (28 mm)

1.7 m (6 ft)

4.6 m (15 ft)

7.7 m (25 ft)

15.3 m (50 ft)

Controls

DIP Switch Legend


DIP Switch Legend
Time Delay DIP Switch Activation Activation PIR Sensitivity Walk-Through Mode LEDs Override Lighting Sweep Daylighting Mode

Power Pack One Power Pack Two

(-R model only)

(-R model only)

*Self-Adjusts to 10 min. user mode

Activation 3 4

PIR

Default =
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

9715-000004-00

135 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Wall Corner Mount

6.8 (2.1 mm)

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OMC-P & OMR-P, MicroSet Infrared

Adjustable ambient light level feature Segmented Fresnel lens provides optimum sensitivity and performance Open collector output to switch up to 10 switchpacks Lighting Sweep When sensors are used in conjunction with computer lighting sweep systems, you MUST enable the Lighting Sweep feature by turning DIP Switch 2 ON. Enabling this feature prevents an unnecessary lights ON following the computer power-on sweep.

PIR Activated

MicroSet

No adjustments necessary at installation Continuous, real-time, self-adjusting sensitivity and time delay Recessed flush mounted unit offers greater architectural aesthetic appeal DIP Switch override allows time delay to be locked at 30 minutes Manual ON/OFF feature when wired to normally open momentary pushbutton (Greengate model# AML switch) DIP Switch selectable feature prevents unnecessary lights ON following power sweeps in facilities with computer control systems NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage patterns Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Isolated Form C Relay in (-R) models. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Self-adjustable from 10 min. to 30 min. Ambient Light Features: Adjustable from 10 to 300 Foot Candles Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94V0. Paintable off-white. Size: Surface Mount: 4.7 diameter, 1.5 deep Recessed Mount: 3 diameter, 1.43 deep LED lamp: Red LED Warranty: Five year

When placed in Auto ON mode and wired to a low voltage switch, if a person actuates the switch to turn the lights OFF, the LED of the sensor(s) is turned off, all switch packs are turned off leading to lights out, while a signal is still sent to the BAS allowing HVAC to remain on.

Overview The MicroSet Passive Infrared ceiling sensors can be used individually or in combination to provide lighting control and integration with HVAC control throughout a building. The MicroSet technology contained within the line of MicroSet Passive Infrared ceiling sensors continuously self-adjusts sensitivity and time delay automatically and immediately in response to occupant behavior. There is no need for time consuming manual adjustments or to learn behavior patterns over extensive periods of time. They are available in recessed flush or surface mounted low voltage models. Operation The sensor uses PIR technology to monitor a room for occupancy. Its segmented Fresnel lens divides the field of view into detector zones, and detects the changes in temperature that are created when a person, or part of a person as small as a hand, passes into or out of a detector zone. The lights will remain ON as long as the sensor detects movement through the detector zones. When no motion is detected, lights are switched OFF following a preset time delay. The MicroSet Passive Infrared ceiling sensor has an ambient light level sensor. Using the DIP Switches located on the back of the unit, the user can select the ambient light level above which artificial light is not required. If ambient light is above this level when motion is detected, the sensor will keep the lights OFF until the ambient light falls below this level. If this level is reached while the lights are ON, the sensor will switch the lights OFF. Applications offices conference rooms

storage areas common areas

hallways (refer to coverage pattern) other indoor office spaces

Ordering
Catalog # OMR-P-0450-R OMR-P-1200-R OMC-P-0450-R Recommended Room Size 450 sq.ft. 1200 sq.ft. 450 sq.ft. 1200 sq.ft. Mounting Recessed Recessed Surface Mounted Surface Mounted Features w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor

UL Listed

OMC-P-1200-R

Wiring Diagrams

OMC-P & OMR-P, MicroSet Infrared


Local Remote Jumpers moved to the LOCAL position (jumper over pins 2 & 3)

Peripheral Power Connector negative terminal

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

Coverage
OMC-P-0450-R OMR-P-1200-R

Maximum Mounting Height- 12ft. Maximum Mounting Height- 12ft.


Mounting

137 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OMC-U, MicroSet Ultrasonic

Teflon-insulated pigtails fire-rated for ceiling plenums Crystal control ensures consistent, stable performance

Ultrasonic Activated

MicroSet

No adjustment necessary at installation Continuous, real-time, self-adjusting sensitivity and time delay Complete no-gap coverage Ideal for spaces needing increased sensitivity to minor motion detection Multiple frequencies enable separate controls of adjacent areas Manual ON/OFF feature when wired to a normally open momentary pushbutton (Greengate Model# AML Switch) NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage pattern Specifications:
Technology: Ultrasonic (US) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Isolated Form C Relay in (-R) models. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Self-adjustable from 10 min. to 30 min. Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80 F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL 94V0. Paintable off-white. Size: OMC-U-1001, OMC-U-0501: 3-1/4D x 4-3/4W x 1H (82.6mm x 110.2mm x 25.4mm) OMC-U-2000: 3-3/4D x 6W x 1H (95.25mm x 152.4mm x 25.4mm) *All BAS models are the same size. LED lamp: Amber LED: OMC-U-0501 only Blue LED: All other sensors Wireguard: ACWG-D1 (OMC-U-0501, OMC-U-1001) ACWG-D2 (OMC-U-2000) Warranty: Five year

Cover plate conceals DIP Switch controls Snap out circuit board allows fast, easy replacement if necessary

Overview The MicroSet Ultrasonic sensors automatically control lighting and other electrical loads based on the presence (or absence) of people. The sensors produce a lowintensity, inaudible sound that detects changes in acoustic waves caused by motion such as walking into a room, reaching for a telephone or turning a swivel chair. The sensors do not respond to audible sound. When motion is detected, the relay in the connected Greengate Switchpack is closed and lights are turned ON. If no motion occurs within a pre-set period of time, lights are turned OFF. The NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method was utilized to verify coverage patterns. Manual override switch turns lights ON in case of sensor malfunction. Operation The revolutionary MicroSet breakthrough technology accurately ignores sources of continuous noise by self-adjusting which creates the first truly wire and walk away occupancy sensor. Its wide selection of interface options allows connection to virtually any Building Automation System for additional installation savings. MicroSet adaptive technology eliminates the need for adjustments and time delays. Application conference rooms public areas large open spaces Ordering
Catalog # OMC-U-0501 OMC-U-0501-R OMC-U-1001 OMC-U-1001-R OMC-U-2000 OMC-U-2000-R Recommended Room Size Up to 500 sq.ft. Up to 500 sq.ft. 500 - 1,000 sq.ft. 500 - 1,000 sq.ft. 1,000 - 2,000 sq.ft. 1,000 - 2,000 sq.ft. Field of View One Way (180) One Way (180) One Way (180) One Way (180) Two Way (360) Two Way (360) w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor w/BAS Relay & Daylight Sensor Features

corridors restrooms

storage areas partitioned work areas

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams
One Switchpack, One Sensor (-R Model)

OMC-U, MicroSet Ultrasonic

Multiple Switchpacks, One Sensor


GMDS Switch

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

One Switchpack, Multiple Sensors

** only one switch is necessary, but can be tied to any sensor.

Coverage
Minor Coverage Major Coverage
All coverage patterns verified using NEMA WD-7 testing guidelines. Dimensions are in feet (meters). Products tested are 10 (3.048m) height.

Up to 500 sq. ft. OMC-U-0501 OMC-U-0501-R

500 to 1,000 sq. ft. OMC-U-1001 OMC-U-1001-R

1,000 to 2,000 sq. ft. OMC-U-2000 OMC-U-2000-R

Maximum Mounting Height - 12ft.

DIP Switches 1-4


Note: The preferred mode is to leave all DIP Switches in the default position.

4
Manual ON Auto ON

ON Mode Position 2 Position 1 (Default)

Override
Locked at 30 minutes Self-Adjusting Override Normal

Enabled Not Enabled

Mounting
Washer Mounting Post Nut

Adapter Plate No. ACMP Screw

139 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Lighting Sweep

Time Delay

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OMC-DT, MicroSet Dual Tech

Sensors will automatically reset time delay to 10-minute default when left at installer setting Microprocessor-based Airflow Tolerant Technology features patented rate of change technology

PIR Activated

Ultrasonic Activated

MicroSet

Exclusive Energy Saver Mode Complete no-gap coverage Self adjustable delay of 10 minutes to 30 minutes BAS compatible Manual ON/OFF feature when wired to a normally open momentary pushbutton (Greengate Model# AML Switch) NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns
Ultrasonic & Infrared sensing

Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic (US) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Isolated Form C Relay in (-R) models. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Self-adjustable from 10 min. to 30 min. Available Frequencies: 32 kHz Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL 94V0. Paintable off-white. Size: 1-5/12H x 3-3/4W x 6-1/12D (37mm x 100mm x 154mm) LED lamp: Green LED for Ultrasonic Red LED for Passive Infrared Wireguard: ACWG-DT Warranty: Five year

Overview The MicroSet Dual Tech sensors combination of Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared technologies offers the most complete sensing equipment available today. This pairing helps eliminate false activations or deactivations for additional energy savings. The OMC-DT sensors are also equipped with MicroSet technology which provides a revolutionary adaptive and airflow tolerant technology, making them ideal for spaces which have increased airflow due to higher occupant levels. MicroSet Dual Tech sensors drastically simplify and reduce a contractors installation and adjustment time period. These selfadapting, dual technology sensors truly offer some of the most advanced technology available. Technology The MicroSet technology continuously monitors multiple sub-frequencies in the event that if a continuous Doppler shift occurs, such as those created by airflow from an air duct, the sensor will identify the noise as continuous and then block it out of view at a select sub-frequency. It will continue to monitor other sub-frequencies for human motion. This avoids a false-activation, while still maintaining the high level of sensitivity that is necessary for sensing minor motion in a changing environment. Separate concurrent time delays for both Passive Infrared and Ultrasonic technologies avoid false activations or deactivations. The MicroSet Dual Tech sensor is also equipped with our exclusive Energy Saver Mode, specifically designed for classrooms with 2 level lighting, which can be selected by a DIP Switch, ensures that when an occupant enters the room only one zone of lamps will turn ON (typically those farthest away from the windows). In order to switch the other lamps ON you use a low voltage switch on the wall that is connected to the sensor. The switch (Greengate model# AML switch) allows the user to toggle between the various settings and allows an override to OFF. Applications offices conference rooms storage areas common areas hallways other indoor office spaces

Ordering
Catalog # OMC-DT-0701-R Recommended Room Size 300 - 700 sq.ft. 700 - 2,000 sq.ft. Field of View One Way (180) Two Way (360) Features w/BAS Relay w/BAS Relay

UL Listed

OMC-DT-2000-R

Wiring Diagrams
CLASS ROOM ENERGY SAVER OPTION/DUAL LEVEL OPERATION

OMC-DT, MicroSet Dual Tech

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

(Use GMDS Switch Only in Single Sensor Applications)

Coverage OMC-DT-0701-R
300 - 700 sq. ft.

OMC-DT-2000-R
700 - 2,000 sq. ft.

Maximum Mounting Height-12ft.

Mounting
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS Factory Default Settings are: 1 - Auto ON /Manual ON 2 - Lighting Sweep Off /ON 3 - Self-Adjust /30 Minute Lock 4 - Normal /Energy Saver 5 - Not Used 6 - Normal /Low Sensitivity 7 - Either Mode /Both Mode 8 - Manual Override OFF /ON

141

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

ODC-U, Designer Series Ultrasonic Sensors

Teflon-insulated pigtails firerated for ceiling plenums Crystal control ensures consistent, stable performance

Ultrasonic Activated

Cover plate conceals sensitivity and time delay controls Snap out circuit board allows fast, easy replacement if necessary

Sleek, sophisticated designer styling Ultrasonic technology Complete no-gap coverage Ideal for spaces needing increased sensitivity to minor motion detection Adjustable sensitivity and time delay Multiple frequencies enable separate controls of adjacent areas NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage patterns Specifications:
Technology: Ultrasonic (US) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Isolated Form C Relay in (-R) models. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: 15 sec. to 30 min. Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection-molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94V0. Size: ODC-U-1001, ODC-U-0501, ODC-U-0051-H: 3-1/4"D x 4-3/4"W x 1H (82.6mm x 110.2mm x 25.4 mm) ODC-U-2000, ODC-U-0100-H: 3-3/4"D x 6"W x 1H (95.2mm x 152.4mm x 25.4 mm) *All BAS models are the same size. LED Lamp: Green LED: ODC-U-0501 only Red LED: All other sensors Wire Guard: ACWG-D1-(ODC-U-0501, ODC-U-1001, ODC-U-0051-H) ACWG-D2-(ODC-U-2000, ODC-U-0100-H) Warranty: Five year

Overview The Designer series sensors automatically control lighting and other electrical loads based on the presence (or absence) of people. This full-line of stylishly designed Ultrasonic occupancy sensors can be used either individually or in combination to provide lighting and HVAC control throughout a building. These models activate a switchpack to turn the loads on and off. Ultrasonic sensors are ideal in spaces where you need increased sensitivity to minor motion (like a hand waving) in larger spaces (>500 sq. ft.). Operation The Designer series sensors produce a low-intensity, inaudible sound that detects changes in acoustic waves caused by motion such as walking into a room, reaching for a telephone or turning a swivel chair. The sensors do not respond to audible sound. When motion is detected, the relay in the connected switchpack is closed and lights are turned On. If no motion occurs within a pre-set period of time, lights are turned Off. The Designer Series provides complete no-gap coverage and the NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method was utilized to verify coverage patterns. Manual override switch turns lights On in case of sensor malfunction. Application conference rooms public areas storage areas Ordering
Catalog # ODC-U-0501 ODC-U-0501-R ODC-U-1001 ODC-U-1001-R ODC-U-2000 ODC-U-2000-R Hallways ODC-U-0051-H ODC-U-0051-H-R ODC-U-0100-H ODC-U-0100-H-R Recommended Room Size Up to 500 sq.ft. Up to 500 sq.ft. 500 - 1,000 sq.ft. 500 - 1,000 sq.ft. 1,000 - 2,000 sq.ft. 1,000 - 2,000 sq.ft. 50 Linear ft. 50 Linear ft. 100 Linear ft. 100 Linear ft. Field of View One Way (180) One Way (180) One Way (180) One Way (180) Two Way (360) Two Way (360) One Way (180) One Way (180) Two Way (360) Two Way (360) Features w/BAS Relay w/BAS Relay w/BAS Relay

corridors/hallways restrooms partitioned work areas

large open spaces

w/BAS Relay w/BAS Relay

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams
(-R model)

ODC-U, Designer Series Ultrasonic Sensors


(-R model) One Switchpack, One Sensor One Switchpack, Multiple Sensors

Coverage
Minor Coverage Major Coverage
All coverage patterns verified using NEMA WD-7 testing guidelines. Dimensions are in feet (meters). Products tested are 10 (3.048m) height.

Up to 500 sq. ft. ODC-U-0051-H ODC-U-0501-40

500 to 1,000 sq. ft. ODC-U-1001-32

1,000 to 2,000 sq. ft. ODC-U-2000-32

ODC-U-0100-H

Mounting
Maximum Mounting Height- 12ft.
Washer Mounting Post Nut

Adapter Plate No. ACMP Screw

143 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OEC-U, Standard Ultrasonic

Ultrasonic Activated

Adjustable Sensitivity

Complete no-gap coverage Adjustable sensitivity and time delay Time delay adjustable from 15 seconds to 30 minutes Manual override switch turns lights ON in case of sensor malfunction NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage pattern

One hole mounting for fast installation Teflon insulated pigtails are fire-rated for ceiling plenums

Overview The Standard ceiling sensors offer a wide range of basic ultrasonic occupancy sensors. They can be used to control lighting or small fans in rooms and corridors of various shapes and sizes. These models activate a switchpack to turn the loads on and off. Ultrasonic sensors are ideal in spaces where you need increased sensitivity to minor motion (like a hand waving) in larger spaces (>500 sq. ft.). Ceiling sensors are typically used in large or small spaces where wall switch sensor can not be used due to switch location, room orientation or furniture placement. Operation The sensor produces a low intensity, inaudible sound. It detects changes in the acoustic waves caused by motion, such as reaching for a telephone, turning the pages of a book, walking into a room, turning in a swivel chair, etc. The sensor does not respond to audible sound. When the sensor detects motion, the relay in the connected Switchpack is closed and the lights are turned ON. If no motion occurs within a pre-set period of time, the lights are turned OFF. To ensure continuous light when people are present, the timing can be set from 15 seconds (for installer testing) to 30 minutes. Application offices conference rooms Ordering
Catalog # OEC-U-0501 OEC-U-1001 OEC-U-2000 Hallways OEC-U-0100-H OEC-U-0051-H Up to 100 linear ft. Up to 50 linear ft. Two Way (360) One Way (180) Recommended Room Size Up to 500 sq.ft. 500 - 1,000 sq.ft. 1,000 - 2,000 sq.ft. Field of View One Way (180) One Way (180) Two Way (360)

Specifications:
Technology: Ultrasonic (US) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Time Delays: Adjustable from 15 seconds (for testing) to 30 min. Frequency: 32kHz Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F to 80F (15C to 26C) Relative humidity: less than 90%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL94V0. Paintable off-white. Size: 2-5/16D x 6-1/8W x 1-5/8H (58.7mm x 155.6mm x 41.3mm) LED lamp: Green LED: OEC-U-0501 only Red LED: All other sensors Wire Guard: ACWG-E Warranty: Five year

storage rooms large open areas

partitioned areas corridors/hallways

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams
One Switchpack Multiple Sensors

OEC-U, Standard Ultrasonic


Multiple Switchpacks One Sensor

Coverage
Minor Coverage Major Coverage

OEC-U-0501 No Partitions

OEC-U-0501 Partition Heights of 49 to 71

OEC-U-2000 No Partitions

OEC-U-2000 Partition Heights of 49 to 71

OEC-U-0100-H

OEC-U-1001 No Partitions

Partition Heights of 49 to 71

OEC-U-0051-H

All coverage patterns verified using NEMA WD-7 testing guidelines. Dimensions are in feet (meters). Products tested at 10 (3.048m) height.

Mounting
Maximum Mounting Height- 12ft.
SENSOR: Pass wires through the threaded mounting post and interlock to the backplate. The Sensor mounts to normal ceiling tile through a single 3/4 hole. When mounted, the Sensors slotted grills must point along the path where motion is to be detected. An Adapter Plate (ACMP) is available to allow mounting to a standard fixture ring and junction box. The threaded mounting post may be cut down if it is too long to fit into the junction box. CAUTION: Finger-tighten the nut to avoid stripping the mounting post. SWITCHPACK: Designed to be mounted externally to any junction box. When mounted, the line connections are inside the box and the Class 2 wiring exits via the rear of the switchpack housing. In areas where Class 2 wiring is not permitted, the switchpack can be mounted internally to any standard electrical box.

145

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OEC-U-AF, Standard Ultrasonic Airflow Tolerant

Ultrasonic Activated

Airflow Tolerant Circuitry to minimize false activation in high airflow environments Complete no-gap coverage Multiple frequencies enable separate control of adjacent areas Manual override switch turns lights ON if sensor malfunctions Sensor guard and wall mount adapter available NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to varify coverage pattern
Overview The Airflow Tolerant Circuitry sensor is designed to provide consistent performance in all areas where strong air motion might cause false activation. Airflow Tolerant Circuitry filters out the portion of the frequency spectrum related to air movement to minimize false activations while it responds to object motion. Ultrasonic sensors are ideal in spaces where you need increased sensitivity to minor motion (like a hand waving) in larger spaces (>500 sq. ft.). Operation The sensor produces a low intensity, inaudible sound. It detects changes in the acoustic waves caused by motion, such as reaching for a telephone, turning the pages of a book, walking into a room, turning in a swivel chair, etc. The sensor does not respond to audible sound. When the sensor detects motion, the relay connected to the sensor is closed and the lights are turned ON. If no motion occurs within a pre-set period of time, the lights are turned OFF. To ensure continuous light when people are present, the timing can be set from 15 seconds (for installer testing) to 30 minutes. Application conference rooms classrooms Ordering
Catalog # OEC-U-0701-AF OEC-U-1500-AF Recommended Room Size Up to 700 sq.ft. 500 to 1,500 sq.ft. Field of View One Way (180) Two Way (360) Available Frequencies 25, 27 kHz 25, 27 kHz

One-hole mounting for fast installation and all hardware provided Crystal control ensures consistent, stable performance

Specifications:
Technology: Ultrasonic (US) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Time Delays: Adjustable from 15 sec. to 30 min. Frequencies: Highest available frequency is sent standard unless otherwise specied. Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F - 80F (15C - 26C) Relative humidity: Less than 95%, non condensing For indoor use only Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL 94V0. Paintable off-white. Size: 2-5/16H x 6-1/8W x 1-5/8D (5.08cm x 15.24cm x 2.54cm) LED lamp: Red LED Wire Guard: ACWG-E Warranty: Five year

locker rooms stock rooms

other spaces which have increased airflow due to higher occupant levels

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

OEC-U-AF, Standard Ultrasonic Airflow Tolerant

Coverage
Minor Coverage Major Coverage

OEC-U-0701-AF

OEC-U-0701-27-AF

OEC-U-1500-27-AF

OEC-U-1500-AF

All coverage patterns verified using NEMA WD-7 testing guidelines. Dimensions are in feet (meters). Products tested at 10 (3.048m) height. Recommended standard frequency is 27kHz.

Mounting
SENSOR: Pass wires through the threaded mounting post and interlock to the backplate. The Sensor mounts to normal ceiling tile through a single 3/4 hole. When mounted, the Sensors slotted grills must point along the path where motion is to be detected. An Adapter Plate (ACMP) is available to allow mounting to a standard fixture ring and junction box. The threaded mounting post may be cut down if it is too long to fit into the junction box. CAUTION: Finger-tighten the nut to avoid stripping the mounting post. SWITCHPACK: Designed to be mounted externally to any junction box. When mounted, the line connections are inside the box and the Class 2 wiring exits via the rear of the Switchpack housing. In areas where Class 2 wiring is not permitted, the Switchpack can be mounted internally to any standard electrical box.

Adapter Plate No. ACMP

Screw

147

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OXC-P, Extreme Temperature Sensors


PIR Activated
Extrem e Extreme Tem perature

Immune to RFI, EMI and voltage fluctuations

Segmented Fresnel lens provides optimum sensitivity and performance Built-in photocell optimizes savings Plastic housing complies with UL94V0

Temperature

UL listed for damp locations OXC-P-2MH0-R works at heights up to 25 ft. Ambient light control circuit to avoid False ON/OFF from brief changes in background light Temperature-compensating circuitry avoids false activation in extreme conditions

Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technology Stable sensitivity at temperatures from -40F to 125F (-40C to 52C). BAS Compatible

Lighting sweep function with selectable DIP Switch prevents unnecessary lights ON following power sweeps in Operation facilities with computer control systems OXC-P sensors control lighting in applications where extreme temperature/ NEMA WD7 Guide robotic method utilized to verify coverage patterns Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC from Greengate Switchpack or Greengate system. Maximum current needed is 25mA per sensor. Output: Open collector output to switch up to ten Greengate Switchpacks. Isolated Form C Relay Ratings: 1A 30 VDC/VAC Time Delays: Adjustable delay of 15 sec. (for testing) to 30 min. Ambient Light Level Features: Adjustable down to approximately 3 LUX. Operating Environment: Temperature: -40F to 125F (-40C to 52C) Relative humidity: less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor or outdoor use Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL 94V0. Paintable off-white. Size: 3-1/8D x 4-1/2W x 1-5/8H (79.0mm x 114.3mm x 42.4mm) LED lamp: Red LED Wire Guard: ACWG-X Warranty: Five year

Overview The Passive Infrared Extreme Temperature sensor provides consistent, stable coverage where extreme heat, cold or humidity must be accommodated, and where there are wide fluctuations in temperature. Temperature compensating circuitry stabilizes sensitivity at temperatures 40F to 125F (-40C to 52C).

humidity must be tolerated with unique temperature compensating circuitry. Human and automobile motion activates a Greengate Switchpack to turn lights ON within a coverage area and illumination is maintained until no motion is detected within preset time period. Once no motion is detected, lights are turned OFF and energy is saved. A built-in photocell optimizes savings by monitoring ambient light level (set at a predetermined threshold). If ambient light is sufficient, sensor will detect motion but not turn ON lights. If ambient light is not sufficient, lights will be activated when motion is detected. The Ambient Lights Control Circuit includes a deadband and time delay which ignores brief changes in light levels such as headlights of a passing car. To ensure the proper start-up of HID lighting, lamps are forced into high mode for the first 20 minutes. After the 20 minute warm up, if motion is still detected, the sensor will keep lights ON at full brightness. When connected to a Building Automation System (BAS), the OXC-P-1500-R and OXC-P-2MH0-R offer the most versatile connection possibilities available including an open collector output (with or without the pullup feature) and a direct BAS connection. Applications parking structures warehouses(OXC-P-2MH0-R)

high ceilings walk-in freezers(OXC-P-1500-R)

cold storage

Ordering
Catalog # OXC-P-1500-R Coverage Up to 1,500 sq. ft. Field of View Two Way (360) Features w/BAS Relay One Daylight Sensor w/BAS Relay One Daylight Sensor

OXC-P-2MH0-R

When mounted @ 25ft., up to Two Way (360) 25 ft. in all directions or 50 linear ft. for warehouse aisles

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

OXC, Extreme Temperature Sensors


DIP SWITCH SETTINGS

Time Delay (Minutes) 0.25 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 Light Level (FC)

Switch No. 1 2 3

1 - Time Delay 2 - Time Delay 3 - Time Delay 4 - Self Adjust Disable 5 - Ambient Lights 6 - Ambient Lights 7 - HID Interface 8 - Lighting Sweep 9 - N/A 10 - Manual Override

Switch No. 5 6

OFF 3 5 10 Measured at 30 off the ground.

Coverage

OXC-P-1500-R

OXC-P-2MH0-R

SENSOR: The Sensor mounts to normal ceiling tile through a 3/4 hole. The threaded mounting post may be cut down if it is too long to fit into the junction box. The sensor may also be surface mounted or mounted to a standard NEMA 2S or 4S junction box. CAUTION: Finger-tighten the nut to avoid stripping the mounting post. Do not apply pressure to Fresnel lens. BACKPLATE: The sensor can be easily snapped onto or pulled away from the backplate without disturbing the mounting hardware. To pull the sensor away from the backplate, place your fingers on the door on the front of the sensor and slide your fingers up onto the back end of the sensor, with your fingers resting below the edge of the backplate. As you press against the sensor, use your other hand to grip the opposite end of the sensor and pull it away from the backplate. To snap the sensor back onto the backplate, place the end of the sensor without a door against the backplate first, hooking the edge of the sensor on the two small prongs that extend from the backplate. Press the other end of the sensor against the backplate until it snaps into place. SWITCHPACK: Designed to be mounted externally to any junction box. When mounted, the line connections are inside the box and the Class 2 wiring exits the rear of the Switchpack housing. In areas where Class 2 wiring is not permitted, the Switchpack can be mounted internally to any standard electrical box.

2S Box Mounting

4S Box Mounting

Mounting Post Surface Mount

149 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Mounting

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

DT2000, Dual Tech Ceiling Sensor Line Voltage

PIR Activated

Ultrasonic Activated

Self-contained power supply 2000 sq. ft. coverage 5 Programming options Adjustable time delay & sensitivity UL and cUL listed Five-year warranty
Overview The DT2000-* is a line voltage ceiling mounted occupancy sensor combines Ultrasonic (US) and Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technologies to monitor a room for occupancy to deliver maximum energy savings and ensure the greatest sensitivity and coverage for tough applications without the threat of false triggers. Features and Advantages The self contained relay unit does not require Class 2 (low voltage) wiring or a separate switch pack
360 degree eld of view with 2000 sq ft coverage making it ideal for a variety

Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic(US) Electrical Ratings: 120 VAC: 2400W, 50/60 Hz 277 VAC: 5000W, 50/60 Hz Time Delays: Fully adjustable 30 seconds to 30 minutes Available Frequencies: 32.7 kHz Coverage: 360 degrees, up to 2,000 sq ft. Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 122F (0C - 50C) For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing Size & Weight: 4.87 W x 2.44 H (123.7mm W x 62mm H) 3.0 oz Mounting: Sensors may be mounted using a single gang mud ring attached to a 4-inch square electrical box Recommended maximum mounting height: 9ft. LED Indicator: Red LED for PIR detection; Green LED for Ultrasonic Warranty: Five year

of wide coverage area applications


Adjustable time delay and sensitivity allows the unit to be adjusted to the

ideal setting for the environment


Multi-segmented, high density Fresnel lens for optimum sensitivity

performance Applications Ofces Conference rooms Storage facilities Ordering


Catalog # DT2000-120 DT2000-277 Ratings 2,400 watts @ 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 5,000 watts @ 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz Coverage 2000 sq. ft., 360 2000 sq. ft., 360 Color White White

cUL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

DT2000, Dual Tech Ceiling Sensor-Line Voltage


Single level using a toggle switch wiring diagram

LINE BLACK RED NEUTRAL WHITE LOAD NEUTRAL

LINE BLACK RED NEUTRAL WHITE LOAD NEUTRAL

A/B switching using a toggle switch wiring diagram

LINE BLACK RED NEUTRAL WHITE LOAD 1 NEUTRAL

LOAD 2

NEUTRAL

Coverage

50' 35'

AREA OF DETECTION Passive Infrared AREA OF DETECTION Overlapping AREA OF DETECTION Ultrasonic

151 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

PIR1500, Passive Infrared Ceiling Sensor Line Voltage

PIR Activated

Low-profile design Integral photocell control 1,500 sq. ft., 360 coverage UL and cUL listed Five-year warranty
Overview The PIR1500-* is a line voltage ceiling mounted occupancy sensor which uses Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor technology to monitor a room for occupancy. The sensor is specically designed for long-range major-motion activity. Features and Advantages

Specifications:
Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) Electrical Ratings 120VAC: Incandescent/Tungsten - Max.load: 6.7 amps, 800W, 50/60 Hz Fluorescent/Ballast - Max.load: 8.3 amps, 1000W, 50/60 Hz 277VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast - Max.load: 6.5 amps, 1800W, 50/60 Hz 347VAC: Fluorescent/Ballast - Max.load: 6.3 amps, 2200W, 50/60 Hz Time Delays: Fully adjustable 30 seconds to 30 minutes Coverage: 360 degrees, up to 1,500 sq ft. Light Level Sensing: 5 to 200 foot-candles Operating environment: Temperature: 32F - 131F (0C - 55C) For indoor use only Relative Humidity (non-condensing): 0%-95% Housing: Durable, injection molded housing Size & Weight: 4 W x 1.9 H (101mm W x 48mm H) 3.0 oz Mounting: Sensors can be mounted using a 3-0 round mud ring attached to a 4-inch square electrical box Recommended maximum mounting height: 10ft. LED Indicator: Red LED for PIR detection Warranty: Five year

The self contained relay unit does not require Class 2 (low voltage) wiring or a separate switch pack 360 degree field of view with 1500 sq ft coverage making it ideal for a variety of wide coverage area applications Adjustable time delay and sensitivity allows the unit to be adjusted to the ideal setting for the environment Multi-segmented, high density Fresnel lens for optimum sensitivity performance Integral photocell increases energy savings by preventing lights from turning on when there is sufficient natural light Applications Ofces Conference rooms Break rooms Ordering
Catalog # PIR1500-120-347 Ratings Coverage 1,500 sq. ft. 360 Color White

Incandescent: Fluorescent: Fluorescent: Fluorescent:

0 - 800W @ 120V 0 - 1000W @ 120V 0 - 1800W @ 277V 0 - 2200W @ 347V

cUL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

PIR1500, Passive Infrared Ceiling Sensor-Line Voltage

Coverage

RANGE DIAGRAM

20

10

0 25 0

153 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

US1500, Ultrasonic Ceiling Sensor Line Voltage

Ultrasonic Activated

Self-contained power supply 1,500 sq. ft. coverage Adjustable time delay & sensitivity UL and cUL listed Five-year warranty
Overview The US1500-* is a line voltage ceiling mounted occupancy sensor which uses Ultrasonic (US) sensor technology to monitor a room for occupancy. The sensor is designed for areas where tasks consist of minor motion such as typing. Features and Advantages The self contained relay unit does not require Class 2 (low voltage) wiring or a separate switch pack 360 degree field of view with 1500 sq ft coverage making it ideal for a variety of wide coverage area applications Adjustable time delay and sensitivity allows the unit to be adjusted to the ideal setting for the environment Applications ofces restrooms Ordering
Catalog # US1500-120 US1500-277 Ratings 2400 watts @120 VAC; 50/60 Hz 5000 watts @ 277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Coverage 1500 sq. ft., 360 1500 sq. ft., 360 Color White White

Specifications:
Technology: Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings 120VAC: 2400W, 50/60 Hz 277VAC: 5000W, 50/60 Hz Time Delays: Fully adjustable 30 seconds to 30 minutes Available Frequencies: 32.7 kHz Coverage: 360 degrees, up to 1,500 sq ft. Operating Environment Temperature: 32F - 122F (0C - 50C) For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing Size & Weight: 4.87 W x 2.44 H (123.7mm W x 62mm H) 3.0 oz Color: White Mounting: Sensors may be mounted using a single gang mud ring attached to a 4-inch square electrical box Recommended maximum mounting height: 9 ft. LED Indicators: Red LED for Ultrasonic Warranty: Five year

conference rooms break rooms

cUL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

US1500, Ultrasonic Ceiling Sensor - Line Voltage

Coverage

155 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

US2000, Ultrasonic Ceiling Sensor Line Voltage

Ultrasonic Activated

Self-contained power supply 2000 sq. ft. coverage Adjustable time and sensitivity UL and cUL listed Five-year warranty Specifications:
Technology: Ultrasonic (US) Electrical Ratings: 120VAC: 2400W, 50/60 Hz 277VAC: 5000W, 50/60 Hz Time Delays: Fully adjustable 30 seconds to 30 minutes Available Frequencies: 32.7 kHz Coverage: 360 degrees, up to 2,000 sq ft. Operating environment: Temperature: 32F - 122F (0C - 50C) For indoor use only Housing: Durable, injection molded housing Size & Weight: 4.87 W x 2.44 H (123.7mm W x 62mm H) 3.0 oz Mounting: Sensors may be mounted using a single gang mud ring attached to a 4-inch square electrical box Recommended maximun mounting height: 9 ft. LED Indicators: Red LED for Ultrasonic Warranty: Five year

Overview The US2000-* is a line voltage ceiling mounted occupancy sensor which uses Ultrasonic (US) sensor technology to monitor a room for occupancy. The sensor is designed for areas where tasks consist of minor motion such as typing. Features and Advantages The self contained relay unit does not require Class 2 (low voltage) wiring or a separate switch pack
360 degree field of view with 2000 sq ft coverage making it ideal for a

variety of wide coverage area applications Adjustable time delay and sensitivity allows the unit to be adjusted to the ideal setting for the environment Applications ofces restrooms Ordering
Catalog # US2000-120 US2000-277 Ratings 2400 watts @ 120 VAC; 50/60 Hz 5000 watts @ 277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Coverage 2000 sq. ft., 360 2000 sq. ft., 360 Color White White

break rooms conference rooms

cUL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

US2000, Ultrasonic Ceiling Sensor-Line Voltage

Coverage

157 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling Mount

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

SP15 & SP20, Heavy Duty Switchpacks

Can be easily mounted on or in a 4sq. junction box, via in nipple Reduces installation expense

Replaces separate transformers and relays Zero-crossing circuit provides increased durability, especially with todays high inrush loads Capable of switching up to 20 Amps Suitable for Plenum use Rated for Ballast, Tungsten and Motor Loads

50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Available for 120, 220, 240, 277 & 347 VAC operation

Specifications:
Electrical Ratings: Input: (120/277 VAC-SP20-MV) (347 VAC- SP15347) (220-240 VAC- SP20-240), 50/60 Hz operation. Contacts are isolated and may be used to control low voltage circuits. Output: 15 VDC 125 mA to operate up to ve Greengate sensors. Control: Connecting the 22 AWG red and blue control leads to each other will close the relay contacts. Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts. NOTE: The life of some compact uorescent lamps (CFLs) is shortened by frequent automatic or manual switching. Check with the CFL and ballast manufacturer to determine effects of cycling. Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C) Relative humidity: less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL 94V0. Plenum rated for external junction box mounting, with Teon coated leads. Motor Load: 1 HP 120-240 VAC; 2 HP 250 VAC Size: 2 15/16 x 2 7/16 x 1 11/16 Warranty: Five year

Overview Switchpacks provide 15 VDC operating voltage to all low voltage, 15 VDC, occupancy sensors and daylighting controllers. A single switchpack can provide power for up to five sensors. Up to ten switchpacks can be connected to one sensor for control of multiple circuits. Isolated contacts may also be used to control HVAC, contactors, motors, etc. Operation The switchpack has two main components; a transformer and a high current relay. The transformer has a primary high voltage input and a low voltage output. The low voltage output, 15 VDC provides operating power to low voltage occupancy sensors manufactured by Cooper Controls. When a occupancy sensor detects motion, it electrically closes an internal circuit which pulls up the control signal between the sensor and the switchpack signaling the switchpack to close its high current relay resulting in the lights being turned ON. Application The switchpack is designed to work with low voltage sensors which require switchpacks. It cannot be used with sensors designed for use with any other low voltage relay systems. Consult sensor spec sheets for other sensor/relay combinations. Ordering
Catalog # SP20-MV SP15-347 Ratings 120/277 VAC 347 VAC 220-240 VAC Ballast Tungsten 20A 15A 20A Motor (HP) Output 15A, 120V 1HP-120V, 2HP-250V 15 VDC, 125mA NR NR NR NR 15 VDC, 125mA 15 VDC, 125mA

UL, CSA listed

SP20-240

Wiring Diagrams
A/B Switching

SP15 & SP20, Heavy Duty Switchpacks


Three Way Switching

Standard Configuration

2 Circuits, 1 Sensor

1 Circuit, 2 or more sensors

SP20-MV Schematic

Mounting

All connections are made via pigtails with twist-on wire connectors. NOTE: Connect either the orange or black supply lead to the power source depending upon the power requirements. Cap the unused lead.

159 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Switchpacks

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Dual Relay Switchpack

Replaces separate transformers and relays Zero-crossing circuit provides increased durability, especially with todays high inrush loads Capable of switching up to 20 amps Suitable for Plenum installations Rated for Ballast, Tungsten, and Motor Loads
Overview Switchpacks provide 24 VDC operating voltage to all low voltage, 24 VDC, Greengate occupancy sensors and day lighting controllers. These switchpacks can be used where two circuits need to be controlled at the same point. A single switchpack can provide power for up to five sensors. Up to ten switchpacks can be connected to one sensor for control of multiple circuits. Isolated contacts may also be used to control HVAC, contactors, motors, etc. Operation The switchpack has three main components: a transformer and two high current relays. The transformer has a primary high voltage input and a low voltage output. The low voltage output, 24 VDC provides operating power to low voltage Greengate occupancy sensors. Normally open relay; when a occupancy sensor detects motion, it electrically closes an internal circuit which pulls up the control signal between the sensor and the switchpack signaling the switchpack to close its high current relay resulting in the lights being turned ON. Normally closed relay; when power is lost relay closes. Application The switchpack is designed to work with low voltage Greengate sensors which require switchpacks. It cannot be used with sensors designed for use with any other low voltage relay systems. Consult sensor spec sheets for other sensor/relay combinations. Ordering
Catalog # Ratings Ballast 20A 120 VAC 20A 277 VAC Tungsten 15A, 120 VAC Motor (HP) 1HP-120 VAC, 2HP-250 VAC Output 24 VDC, 125mA SPD20-MV-NO 120 - 277V

Specifications:
Electrical Ratings: Input: 120, 277 VAC, 50-60 Hz operation Contacts are isolated and may be used to control low voltage circuits. Output: 24 VDC 125 mA to operate up to ve sensors. Control: Connecting the 22 AWG blue and yellow control leads to the red lead will close the relay contacts. Ballast Compatibility: Compatible with magnetic and electronic ballasts. NOTE: The life of some compact uorescent lamps (CFLs) is shortened by frequent automatic or manual switching. Check with the CFL and ballast manufacturer to determine effects of cycling. Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C) Relative humidity: less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Housing: Medium impact injection molded housing. ABS resin complies with UL 94V0. Plenum rated for external junction box mounting, with Teon coated leads. Motor Load: 1 HP 120 VAC; 2 HP 250 VAC Size: 4 3/4 x 2 x 3 1/4 Warranty: Five year

UL, CSA listed

Wiring Diagrams

Dual Relay Switchpacks

CAUTION: Before installing or performing any service on a Greengate system, the power MUST be turned OFF at the branch circuit breaker. SPD20-MV-NO Configuration

Mounting

All connections are made via pigtails with twist-on wire connectors. NOTE: Connect either the orange or black supply lead to the power source depending upon the power requirements. Cap the unused lead.

161 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - Switchpacks

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

OEF-P, High-Bay Fixture Mount

PIR Activated

Applications up to 40 feet in height Coverage diameter of twice the mounting height (2MH) Built in power supply and relay Zero-Crossing Technology prolongs relay life by switching high-inrush equipment at close to zero power Compatible with electronic ballasts, incandescent lighting, or motor loads No minimum load required Direct installation to fixture; fits standard 1/2 knockout
Overview The OEF-P sensors control fluorescent fixtures and can be mounted directly to the fixtures via a 1/2 knock out. The nipple on the sensor attaches with a lock nut through a 1/2 knockout on the fixture or on a junction box and all wiring passes through the same knockout. Operation The OEF-P, High-bay sensors are designed to detect motion from a heatemitting source (such as a person entering a space) within its field-of-view and automatically switching lights ON and OFF. Lights will remain ON until no motion is detected and a preset time delay has expired. If no motion is detected during the time delay, the relay is opened, turning the load off. No adjustments are needed at installation. After the installer test, the sensor will automatically set itself to the default 10-minute time delay. At installation, the sensor will scan the coverage area to determine the optimum sensitivity setting. Photosensor can be used in applications where significant daylight is available and daylighting control is desired. Applications warehouses manufacturing Ordering
Catalog # OEF-P-2MH0-MV-S OEF-P-2MH0-MV-B OEF-P-2MH0-MV-B6 Mounting Side Rear Rear Photocell Yes Yes Yes Wire Lead Length 36 36 6

Specifications:
Technology: PIR Electrical Ratings: Contacts: 800 VA @ 120 VAC Tungsten 800 VA @ 120 VAC Ballast 1200 VA @ 240/277 VAC Ballast Input: 120/277 VAC +/- 10% 60Hz Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C) Relative humidity: less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Size: 3.08"H X 3.08"W X 1.70"D (7.83cm x 7.83cm x 4.32cm) Warranty: Five year

garages high ceilings

FCC Compliant UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

OEF-P, High-Bay Fixture Mount

Coverage

Mounting

OEF-P-2MH0-MV-S Coverage Hoods 180 Degree

OEF-P-2MH0-MV-B or OEF-P-2MH0-MV-B6

Aisle

Custom

163 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Occupancy Sensors - High Bay

Daylighting Overview Designing with Daylight Example Daylighting Strategy Daylighting Sensors

p.164-167 p.168-169 p.170-171

Daylighting Controls
Daylight. This natural resource can be one of the most cost-effective energy conservation tools in site management today. Daylighting can signicantly reduce electrical use (approximately 30% according to the IESNA RP-5-99) and operating costs by displacing electric light, typically one of the largest energy uses in commercial and educational buildings. The suns energy is a plentiful, renewable natural resource. Solar power can be diverted to electric light sources to reduce articial light and increase energy savings. Integrating high-efciency lighting systems with daylighting technologies will not only save money, but can also help create: Compliance with energy codes Create more productive and comfortable learning and working environments More leasable and saleable properties Lower maintenance costs by prolonging periods between re-lampings All you need are two things: Natural Light and Electric Light. Potential spaces include: Perimeter Ofces Classroom Applications Large Ofce Buildings Schools and Universities Commercial Tenant Spaces Site Lighting & Signage Increased energy savings by combining daylight harvesting controls with occupancy sensors. Occupancy sensors detect the occupancy in the room based on human motion and will ensure that lights are turned OFF when the room is acated. Studies show that an additional 30% savings can be achieved when these two control methods are utilized.

Contact Input Photosensor Outdoor Analog Photosensor Photodiode Distributed Controls Daylighting Controller p.178-179 p.172-173 p.174-175 p.176-177

165

Daylighting Controls

How Does a Daylight Harvesting System Work?

There are two primary components in a daylight harvesting controls

Photosensors (left) Photosensors are devices that detect and measure light. The information gathered by the photosensor is sent to the controller. The most common photosensors used today are photodiodes. This technology has a linear relationship between the light it sees and its output voltage to the controller. The use of photodiodes greatly simplies the set up and decreases commissioning time required by the installer and end users. Greengate only uses photodiodes with its systems. Controllers (below)
The controller is the heart and brain of the system. It uses the information from the photosensor to determine whether it will turn lights ON, OFF, brighten, or dim them. Most controllers also accept other inputs from other devices like switches or occupancy sensors.

CK4A (for stand-alone and network applications) Antiquated photo conductive technology
PCIA Sensor Voltage vs. Footcandles
7 7 6 VOLTAGE 6 5 4 3
.2V ON OFF ON OFF

PI Sensor Voltage vs. Footcandles


10 9 8 162.25 Fc/V

5 VOLTAGE 4

3 2
ON OFF

2 1
.2V

1 60 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

0 0
6.7 10

20 30 40 FOOTCANDLES

46 50

Easy to install photosensor


PI Sensor Voltage vs. Footcandles
10 9 8 7 VOLTAGE 6 5 4 3 2
OFF 46 50 ON OFF

Footcandles

162.25 Fc/V

1 60 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

0 S

DLC-PDC (for stand-alone applications)

Design Considerations
There are four primary design considerations when utilizing daylight harvesting controls: 1. How do you want to control the space? a. User/Tenant b. Facility manager 2. What are the daylighting characteristics of the space? 3. What is the lighting design? 4. How is the space being used?

Exploring and analyzing these considerations will make it possible to determine how the lighting in the space should be controlled. Answers to dimming vs. switching methodologies will be included. How do you want to control the space?
This is the most fundamental design consideration. It must be looked at from both an individual space control and a facility-wide control perspective. In most cases, the designer will want to give the occupant override control for the purpose of being able to turn the lights OFF while the space is being used. A typical example would be for a presentation. Facility wide control can be as simple as timeclock override for meeting energy codes to more complex systems for the purpose of load shedding.

What are the daylighting characteristics of the space?


Areas that receive a great deal of consistent, uniform daylight throughout the day are excellent candidates for switching controls. Here the system turns OFF lamps as daylight increases, and turns ON lamps as daylight decreases. Depending on the system, this transition can be made by switching or dimming the lights. An area with a daylight contribution of less than two to four times the designed lighting level or when smooth, continuous light level changes are ideal, is more appropriate for dimming. This is because daylight can supplement electric lighting, but is not necessarily sufcient to replace it entirely. Here, the sensor monitors the light levels and gently dims the lights to compensate for the additional light levels.This solution is often not even noticed by the rooms occupants.

What is the lighting design?


Daylighting Controls - Daylighting Overview
167
The lighting design in a space also plays a role in the type of daylighting system that is picked. Systems that are designed with visible lamps are better suited for dimming applications while indirect or shielded lamps can be ideal candidates for switched systems since this will cause fewer distractions to the occupants. Zoning A single zone is ideal in spaces that are evenly illuminated by the daylighting contribution. Spaces with uneven daylight distribution require multiple control zones. Skylight applications are a typical example of single zone applications while sidelit spaces are better suited for multiple control zones to help balance the light levels throughout the space.

How is the space being used?


Similar to the lighting design, a system should be designed with the occupant(s) in mind. You do not want a system that continually distracts the occupants and the tasks they are working on. Therefore, dimming systems are best utilized in spaces where changing light levels would be distracting to the occupants, such as classrooms and ofces. Likewise spaces with a higher level of transient ow are well suited for switching systems such as corridors, lobbies and atriums.

Daylighting Design Guide

Step #1

Switch or Dim
Application Switch Dim Highly Occupied Area Fixtures out of line-of-sight Strict Budget Space receives high amount of daylight Occupancy sensors used in conjunction Strict Energy Codes

Decide which method of control is best utilized for the space being designed.

Schematic of closed loop system

Note: Zone areas using different architectural nishes and ceiling heights separately as they tend to reect daylight in varying ways.

Step #2 Ballast If dimming, specify the correct dimming ballast.

Step #3

Select Open Loop or Closed Loop

Open Loop An open loop system is where the sensor is monitoring the ambient light in one location and controlling the articial light in another location. An example of a properly applied open loop system is a warehouse with skylights as the major source of ambient light. The skylight sensor is located close to the center of the skylight as high as possible. There is a relationship to the amount of light coming through the skylights and the amount of light on the work surface. Closed Loop In a closed loop system, the sensor monitors the same area that is being controlled. An example of a properly applied closed loop system would be an indoor ofce with windows or windows and skylights. Here the sensor would monitor the reected light off of the work surface. Closed loop applications may require multiple sensors.

Fluorescent Manufacturer Sylvania Advance Universal Lighting Tech. Metal Halide Manufacturer Metrolight

Product PHO-DIM Mark VII Super Dim 10

Dimming Range 1% to 100% 3% to 100% 5% to 100%

Application Switching Skylight Classroom Lobby

Open Loop

Closed Loop

Product Smart Ballast

Dimming Range 45% to 100%

Private Ofce Large Open Ofce

Step #4

Layout -

Properly zone the space in design. Classroom Example


CK4A

Raise/Lower override Switch

How natural light contributes to the space.

Effective Zoning Zone 1 automatically adjusts the light level based on sensor information. The user can further adjust the light level if desired. Step #5

Installation -

Placement of Daylight Sensors Indoor Photosensor Mounting Location

A simple daylighting schematic using the daylighting controller (DLC-PDC) Typical placement is equal to height of the window from the floor.

Photosensor Controller

Photosensor

169

Daylighting Controls - Designing with Daylight

Example Classroom Daylighting Strategy


Photosensors

Size of room, number of people, number of windows, level of trafc, cloud cover. These are just a few of the thousands of the dimming variables that make each lighting scenario different. Greengate Engineers have spent countless hours compiling every possible way customers could use our Lighting Controls System for their dimming needs. Were quite condent that, no matter what you need our system to do, we have already planned for it and built it directly into the programming of the CK4A.

The Analog Photosensor provides accurate sensing and control of room lighting based on how much natural light is present. The photosensor uses a photodiode that converts ambient light levels to electrical signals. The Analog Photosensor is available in an indoor, outdoor, atrium, or skylight conguration. Because of the data-sharing technology in the ControlKeeper, a single photosensor can be used to dim more than one area. Photosensor Indoor Photosensor Outdoor Photosensor Atrium Photosensor Skylight Photosensor Open Loop Model # PC-I PC-O PC-A PC-S PC-I-OL Standard FC Range 0-100 0-250 2-1000 10-2000 30-3000

PC-I

Occupancy Sensors
These sensors incorporate the latest Microset and Dual Technology to provide maximum viewing from the ceiling. Mounted at 10 feet the OMC-DT-2000-R sensor provides minor motion coverage for a typical 30 x 30 sq.ft. classroom and up to 2,000 sq.ft. of major motion. Preprogrammed to automatically turn the lighting off if space is unoccupied after 5 PM.

OMC-DT-2000-R

Digita Control Stations


Digita switches can be programmed to control any relay or group of relays in any panel. The Digita switches are available with the ControlKeeper 4A lighting control panel to adjust your lighting levels. Engraving is offered on a per button basis to help customize your control stations. Each station is available in a variety of color options. See Digita Specication Sheet on pages 46-47 for more information.

Digita5-5B

ControlKeeper
The ControlKeeper lighting control panel is available in a variety of sizes depending on the application. It is part of a network of ControlKeepers that enables you to accumulate data, share common information, program, and activate from a remote location. It is a perfect t for almost any application because it grows as your application and needs grow. ControlKeeper is available in a number of different sizes with a variety of features. Each will network to any other ControlKeeper and integrate into your daylighting scheme.

Operational Flexibility
ControlKeeper 4A Lighting Control Panel The Controlkeeper 4A allows multiple programming scenarios to meet virtually any application. Closed loop daylighting scenarios are easily applied with the CK4A. Keeper Enterprise Software This program allows you to operate your ControlKeeper network from a computer. The software permits the user to upload and download programs les, control relays, check relay status, check relay run-time, view logs, and more with an easy user interface. Panel program les can be created, altered, and archived on the computer. The Keeper Enterprise can communicate via serial, modem, and TCP/IP communications. Ethernet Interface Module Gain access to our control panels via a wired or wireless TCP/IP connection. EIM-Ethernet Interface Module WEIM-Wireless Ethernet Interface Module Automation Interface Module The Automation Interface Module (AIM) supports all of the commonly employed building automation communication protocol standards including BACnet, LonWorks, Johnson Controls, and Modbus. Data and Event Logging The system logs the occurrence of all programmed and manual events with date and time stamps and logs footcandle levels real-time. Every change of input state, including photosensor readings, is recorded for future reference. Our technicians are able to remotely access the system, examine this data, and adjust system performance for maximum energy savings and end user satisfaction.

171

Dimming Controls - Example Strategy

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Outdoor Contact Input Photosensor


Outdoor light level sensor in weatherproof housing Provides contact closure input to lighting control panel when light level drops below threshold Extended temperature range for outdoor operation

Specifications:
Operating Environment: -40F to 158F (-40C to 70C) Suitable for outdoor use Input Voltage: 24 VDC Output Signal: Maximum load 10A @ 24 VDC Wiring: Moisture proof, color coded lead wire. Wire length: 6 Housing: Weatherproof Lexan Sensor Size: 3.5 H x 1.25 W x .25 D Threaded Stem: Stem adds 2 to overall height. Swivel base provides 1/2, 14 thread end that fits 1/2 knock out. Warranty: Five year

Overview The Outdoor Contact Input Photosensor is a system accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It allows control of lighting levels based on how much natural light is present and is intended for outdoor use. Operations This system accessory is used in conjunction with a lighting control panel to switch circuits ON or OFF based on outdoor light levels. The Outdoor Contact Input Photosensor connects to the control panel low voltage switch inputs. The photosensor constantly monitors the level of sunlight and provides a signal to the lighting control panel when the light level crosses the switching threshold. Installation This system accessory will require mounting and wiring at the site. Ordering This is an accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It is not an integral part of the system. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering any lighting control system specify the Outdoor Contact Input Photosensor and quantity.
Catalog # PPS-5 Description Outdoor Contact Input Photosensor

Wiring Diagrams LiteKeeper 16 & 32

Outdoor Contact Input Photosensor

LiteKeeper 8

173 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Daylighting Controls - Daylighting Sensors

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Analog Photosensor

Daylight Control

Supplies network lighting control panels with analog input Indoor and outdoor ranges Wide and narrow sensing heads Color compensating Light level readings and thresholds are available to all panels on the network
Overview The Analog Photosensor is a system accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It allows control of lighting levels based on how much natural light is present. Operation Photosensors use a lens to gather light energy and provide an electrical signal to a controller device that is proportional to the measured light level. The controller adjusts the artificial light contribution based on the light level measurement. The sensor sensitivity is fixed, and based upon the sensor range selected. Installation This system accessory will require mounting and wiring at the site. Outdoor photosensors should be mounted on the roof facing north and not pointing at any artificial light source. Indoor photosensors should be mounted in the space they are controlling and located as to not have any direct artificial light contribution. No adjustments are made at the photosensor. Switching thresholds are set remotely at the controller or via software. Ordering This is an accessory for the Greengate ControlKeeper lighting control systems. It is not an integral part of the system. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering specify the Analog Photosensor desired and quantity of each.
Daylighting Sensors - used with Greengate, CKM, CKT & CK4A Lighting Control Panels
Catalog # PC-I (indoor) PC-O (outdoor) PC-A (atrium) PC-S (skylight) PC-1-OL (open loop) Orientation Downward Horizontal Horizontal Upward 45 Standard FC Range 0-100 FC* 0-250 FC* 2-1000 FC* 10-2000 FC* 30-3000 FC* Lens Clear Fresnel Clear Flat Opaque Dome Dark Dome Opaque Flat

Specifications:
Accuracy: 1% at 70F (21C) Derated to 5% at 120F or at 0F (-18C to 49C) Operating Environment: 13F to 140F (-11C to 60C) Sensor Type: Blue-enhanced photodiode Sensor Range: Daylighting Sensors - used with CKM, CKT & CK4A
Lighting Control Panel Standard FC Range

PC-I PC-O PC-A PC-S PC-1-OL

Indoor Outdoor Atrium Skylight Open Loop

0-100 FC* 0-250 FC* 2-1000 FC* 10-2000 FC* 30-3000 FC*

Daylighting Sensors - used with Daylighting Controller


Standard FC Range

DLC-PD-IN Indoor 0-100 FC* DLC-PD-OT Outdoor 0-250 FC* DLC-PD-AT Atrium 2-1000 FC* DLC-PD-SK Skylight 10-2000 FC* Input Voltage: 24 VDC Output Voltage: 10 VDC full output Output Offset: 0 VDC or 1 VDC analog - total darkness Wiring: Three conductors 18 gauge standard cable Red: Pos. DC input Black: DC common Yellow: Output Warranty: Five year
* Other FC ranges available by special order. Please contact Technical Support for more information.

* Other FC ranges available by special order. Please contact Customer Service for more information.

Daylighting Sensors - used with Daylighting Controller


Catalog # DLC-PD-IN (indoor) DLC-PD-OT (outdoor) DLC-PD-AT (atrium) DLC-PD-SK (skylight) Orientation Downward Horizontal Horizontal Upward Standard FC Range 0-100 FC* 0-250 FC* 2-1000 FC* 10-2000 FC* Lens Clear Fresnel Clear Flat Opaque Dome Dark Dome

- Above sensors require daylighting controller (DLC-PDC) and switchpack.

Wiring Diagrams Daylighting Sensors - used with Greengate Lighting Control Panel

Analog Photosensor

POWER

U15 U13 U14

U16 L2 C40

C48 U17 U18

C47

BR1 U19 U20

ANALOG INPUTS

TB3

TB4

DIMMING OUTPUTS

TB5

SWITCH INPUTS

TB6

TB2

LSO TEST
C49 J7 J8

TB7

LOCAL

AN AN AN AN 1 2 3 4

ANALOG COM

VIO GRY VIO GRY VIO GRY VIO GRY IN

2 2

3 3

4 4

IN LS IN IN LS IN IN LS IN IN LS 1 +24 2 1 3 +24 4 2 TP1 5 +24 6 3 7 +24 8 4 +24 GND


C39

REMOTE

l) igna annel) w (S ch Yello log 1-4 d) (Ana Black (Groun COM) (Analog

Red (+24V)

- CH +24V

Local remote Jumpers in Local Position

CKT with Interior Photocell

CK4A with Photocell

Daylighting Sensors - used with Daylighting Controller

Lights controlled by occupancy and daylight.

Lights controlled by daylight.

DLC-PD-XX

175 800-553-3879

www.coopercontrol.com

Daylighting Controls - Daylighting Sensors

DLC-PD-XX

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Photodiode

Daylight Control

Photodiode sensors for indoor applications For use with electronic dimming ballasts Continuous dimming for lumen maintenance Adjustable dimming rate and footcandle calibration Combine with occupancy sensors for added savings
Overview The Photodiode sensor is a system accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It allows control of lighting levels based on how much natural light is present. Operation The Photodiode Sensor combined with an electronic dimming ballast regulates illumination in a monitored area to maintain a constant light level regardless of the amount of natural light present. Sensor can be used in indoor applications. The Photodiode Sensor measures the actual amount of illumination within a work area or monitored zone. It compares the light level to a preset footcandle (FC) calibration and send a voltage signal to a dimming ballast to either increase or decrease the lighting in flourescent lamps. This ensures that there is a constant level of illumination within the controlled area. A potentiometer adjustment on the Photodiode Sensor is calibrated to preset the light level. When dimming systems are combined with occupancy sensors, the Photodiode Sensor is enabled upon motion detection. When occupancy is first detected, the lighting controlled by the occupancy sensor will be activated. The Photodiode will control the voltage sent to the lamps setting the level of light such that the amount of light matches the preset level. When no motion is detected by the occupancy sensor and the time delay elapses, the Photodiode will be disabled causing the lamps to dim to the lowest level. If desired, system can also be wired so that the occupancy sensor switches power to the ballast. Features Selectable dimming rate for three or eight seconds providing a fast response or stable signal. Adjustable light levels from 7-140 FC on the Photodiode Sensor allows for flexibility in work area illumination. Continuous dimming permits implementation of a lumen maintenance strategy. Flat Fresnel lens provides a narrow cone of response. Ordering
Catalog # DLC-PD-DIM Orientation Downward Field of View 60 Technology Photodiode Mounting Ceiling 8-15 ft. Input 12 VDC Output 0-9 VDC

Specifications:
Accuracy: 1% at 70F (20C Derated to 5% at 20F or at F (-18C to 49C) Operating Environment: Temperature: 60F to 80F (15C to 26C) Relative humidity: less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Sensor Type: Blue-enhanced photodiode Sensor Range: 60 degree eld of view at ranges 0 to 500 FC Input Voltage: 10 VDC from electronic dimming ballast only Mounting: The sensor mounts through a 3/8 hole in the ceiling tile and is secured with double-sided adhesive foam (provided) Output: 1 VDC when ambient light is brightest and 10 VDC in darkest. Up to 50 ballasts may be connected to one Photodiode sensor. Wiring: Photodiode Sensors are provided with insulated pigtails. Sensors and ballasts are interconnected by 18 AWG Class 2 wiring per NEC 725. Use UL-recognized Teon-insulated wire approved for plenum areas per NEC 725-2(b) where required. Housing: GE Cycolac T ABS stabalized housing meets UL 94HB ame-retardant requirements Size: 1.23 L x 2 D. Lens = 1.29 D Warranty: Five years

Wiring Diagrams Continuous Dimming with Occupancy and Full lights-OFF with Occcupancy

Photodiode

Photodiode Controlling 0-10 VDC Dimming Ballast

177 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Daylighting Controls - Daylighting Sensors

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

Daylighting Controller

Daylight Control

For use within open or closed loop application Adjustable maximum output voltage for high resolution Fully patented technology

Specifications:
Accuracy: +/-1% at 70 F (21C) Derated to +/-5% above120F or below 0F (49C / -18C) Operating Environment: Temperature: 13F to 140F (11C to 60C) Relative humidity: less than 95%, non-condensing For indoor use only Compatible Sensor Type: DLC-PD-IN (Indoor) DLC-PD-OT (Outdoor) DLC-PD-AT (Atrium) DLC-PD-SK (Skylight) * For more information on the above analog sensors refer to Analog Photosensor Spec Sheet, Page 175 Input Voltage: 15 VDC Dead Band: Adjustable - 5-95% Input Delay: Standard - 30 second Sensor (removable for adjustment) Output: Standard - Form C SPDT Relay 10A resistive Circuit Board Dim: 3.75"H x 2.25"W x 1"D Plastic Box Dim: 4.75"H x 2.5"W x 1.5"D Warranty: Five Year

Overview The daylighting controller automatically switches a dry contact in response to changes in natural daylight. It provides a maintained single pole, double-throw "Form C" relay output to drive electrically held contactors or relays or inputs to Energy Management Systems (EMS). The DLC-PDC can control incandescent, fluorescent or HID lighting. The low voltage controller requires a remotely mounted photosensor. The advantages of using the daylighting control system are found in stability, versatility, quality and accuracy. It offers precision light measurement setpoints that are stable once set and the flexibility to be applied to many different lighting environments. Operation The dual setpoint precisely switches loads according to the selected light level configuration. LOW and HIGH light levels are calibrated to their setpoints at the control board. As the sensor detects a diminishing light level that corresponds with the LOW setpoint, the control board matches the two signals and the lights are switches ON. As the sensor detects an increased light level, the control board's HIGH setpoint switches the lights OFF. The prevents the sensor from switching light levels between the setpoints thus eliminating nuisance or intermittent changes. Ordering
Catalog # DLC-PDC Description Daylighting Controller

Wiring Diagrams Lights controlled by occupancy and daylight

Daylighting Controller

DLC-PD-XX

Lights controlled by daylight

DLC-PD-XX

179 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Daylighting Controls - Distributed Controls

Patient Room Controls Overview p.180-182 Typical Installation Patient Control Station 37 Pin Receptacle p.183 p.184-185 p.186-187

Patient Room Controls


Studies have shown that the environment of the facility has a direct impact on the patient experience. Placing control of the room environment in the hands of patients can help them to regulate their Circadian Rhythms, provide a greater degree of comfort, and shorten hospital stays by speeding recovery. Benefits of providing patient room controls: The patients ability to control both the natural and electric light increases comfort and satisfaction. By controlling the environment, including light, noise, and room temperature a patient can regulate their Circadian Rhythms. Studies have shown that the quality of light is important in the healing process.

181

Patient Room Controls

Improving the Patient Experience

In developing a patient room lighting control solution, Cooper Controls found existing methods for providing patients control over natural and electric lighting levels to be inadequate.

Control solutions that rely on existing off-the-shelf pillow speakers and nurse call station interfaces are severely limited in functionality. On/Off only control of a limited number of lighting zones is typical for these systems. To address this issue, Cooper Controls developed a line of proprietary pillow speakers designed specically to support the control of natural and electric light. These units offer the following features: Support for up to three zones of electric lighting control An all zones On/all zones Off function Shade raise/lower function Standard pillow speaker functionality including nurse call and television control Sealed design reduces potential risk of infectious uids or solids settling into the unit, even in the speaker area High-impact case material is designed to withstand over 100 drops onto a concrete oor without impacting its functionality Standard interface to leading nurse call stations

These exceptionally functional control devices interface with a state of the art, small form factor lighting control panel. This panel is capable of supporting a digital switch network. Multiple digital switch stations may be used in conjunction with the pillow speaker to provide additional control points for staff and visitors. A layout of a typical patient room installation is shown on the following page.

GPCS-3Z-DIM

Supported Nurse Call Systems

GE Telligence, Hill-Rom Navicare, Rauland Responder IV, Rauland Responder 5, and West-Com Novus

Typical Patient Room Installation

Z5
Bathroom Fixtures

$B $OS

Z3

Z1 $C Z2

Visitor Seating Wall Sconce

General Lighting Fixtures

Patient Fixtures

Z4 $A
Examination Fixtures Fixtures Over Sink

$A -5 Button Digita Switch Controls Z1 , Z2 , Z3 , Z4 , Z5

$B -3 Button Digita Switch Controls Z5

$C -Pillow Speaker Controls Z1 , Z2 , Z3

$OSPIR Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor Controls Bathroom

183

Patient Room Controls

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

GPCS, Patient Control Station


Provides patients access to control natural and electric lighting from the bed Incorporates lighting and shade control buttons with Nurse Call, TV, and other features Reduces nuisance calls to the nursing staff by providing patient control of in room lighting and shades Proprietary sealed design reduces potential risk of infectious fluids or solids settling into the unit, even in the speaker area Durable, lightweight universal handheld control with comfort grip case Large button layout 37 pin connection standard Designed to withstand over 100 drops onto a concrete floor without impacting functionality RoHS compliant Specifications:
Size: 8.375 H x 3.5 W x 1.5 D Housing: Durable injection-molded ABS plastic complies with UL94V-0 Switch Rating: 30 VDC, 500 mA or less Switch Type: SPDT, Momentary contact
*Model GPCS-3Z-DIM shown

Overview The Greengate Patient Control Station provides the hospital patient or nursing home resident easy control over their lighting controls and shades with the added security of a standard connection to the Nurse Call system and the comfort of a universal TV controller. The patient control station provides large clearly labeled buttons in a fully sealed case. Operation The Greengate Patient Control Station uses a 37 pin standard connector (GG37P) to interface with any standard nurse call system as well as the Greengate ControlKeeper 4A lighting control panel. Installation This system accessory will require mounting and wiring at the site. The patient control station then plugs into this receptacle, connecting it to the nurse call system and the healthcare television. Ordering This is an accessory for Greengate lighting control systems. It is not an integral part of the system. There is no factory assembly needed. When ordering any lighting control system specify the Patient Control Station and quantity desired.
Catalog # GPCS-3Z GPCS-3Z-DIM GPCS-2Z GPCS-2Z-DIM GPCS-2Z-SHD GPCS-2Z-SHD-DIM Description Patient Control Station, 3 Zones. All On/All Off button Patient Control Station, 3 Zones, All On/All Off button, Dim raise/lower buttons Patient Control Station, 2 Zones, All On/All Off button Patient Control Station, 2 Zones, All On/All Off button, Dim raise/lower buttons Patient Control Station, 2 Zones, All On/All Off button, Shade raise/lower button Patient Control Station, 2 Zones, All On/All Off button, Shade raise/lower button, and Dim raise/lower buttons

Tested with the following Nurse Call Station: GE Telligence Hill-Rom NaviCare Rauland Responder IV Rauland Responder 5 West-Com Novus

Conguration GPCS-3Z GPCS-3Z-DIM

Patient Control Station


GPCS-2Z

GPCS-2Z-DIM

GPCS-2Z-SHD

GPCS-2Z-SHD-DIM

Sample One-line

Patient Control Pillow Speaker

Nurse call system

To Lighting Zones Stand alone Motion Sensor


Lighting/Shade Connections

37 Pin Receptacle ptacle

3 Button

5 Button

To Other Lighting Control Panels

Digital Switch Network

CK4A Controller Above Ceiling

185

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Patient Room Controls

Indoor Photocell (PC-I)

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

GG37P, 37 Pin Receptacle

The 37 Pin receptacle kit includes: Three pigtails Stainless steel wall plate Receptacle/dummy plug Class 2 low voltage wiring
Configuration The 37 pin receptacle kit used with the Greengate Patient Control Station to provide an interface to the Greengate lighting control panel, Nurse Call System and the entertainment system.
Cable A - Typically for Lighting Control
Pin No. 2 3 20 21 27 Pin No. 4 7 8 9 22 25 26 35 Pin No. 5 6 10 11 14 15 16 18 19 23 24 28 29 30 31 33 34 37 Color Code BLK WHT RED GRN BRN Color Code YEL ORN BLU BRN GRN RED WHT BLK Color Code BLU/BLK RED/BLK BLK/RED WHT/RED BLK/WHT RED/WHT ORN RED GRN GRN/WHT ORN/BLK BLK WHT ORN/RED BLU/WHT WHT/BLK BLU GRN/BLK Typical Pin Function Direct light, right Indirect light, right Direct light, left Indirect light, left Light common Typical Pin Function Speaker high, right Nurse Call Interlock Audio transfer (-) Audio Transfer (+) Speaker high, left Nurse Call (+) Nurse Call (-) Speaker low common Typical Pin Function Volume Control Wiper, right Radio Control, right Interlock (+) Interlock (-) Volume Control low common Volume Control high common Red Nurse Answer Light (+) DC (+) Yellow Nurse Answer Light (+) Volume Control, Left Radio Control, left Yellow Nurse Answer light (-) Red Nurse Answer light (-) Bed Exit Priority Call (+) Bed Exit Priority Call (-) TV Channel Stepping (-) TV Channel Stepping (+) Radio Control Common + 24VDC Raise Lower Lighting Connections Lighting Connections Zone 3 Zone 1 All Lights On/Off Zone 2 + 24VDC Lighting Connections

Each cable is standard 8' and the jacket is stripped back 3" The individual conductors are then stripped 1" and tinned

Cable B - Typically for Nurse Call System

Cable C - Typically for Entertainment System

Ordering This is an accessory with the ControlKeeper and LiteKeeper lighting control systems.
Catalog # GG37P Description Greengate 37 pin receptacle used with the Greengate Patient Control Station to provide an interface to the Greengate Lighting control panel, Nurse Call System and the Entertainment System.

Wiring Diagrams

GG37P, Greengate 37 Pin Receptacle


Lighting Control Panel
POWER

U15 U13 U14

U16 C48 L2 U17 U18 C40

C47

BR1 U19 U20

ANALOG INPUTS

TB3

TB4

DIMMING OUTPUTS

TB5

SWITCH INPUTS

TB6

TB2

LSO TEST
C49 J7 J8

TB7

LOCAL

AN AN AN AN 1 2 3 4

VIO ANALOG COM

GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

GRY

VIO

GRY

IN +24 1

IN LS IN +24 IN LS 2 1 3 4 2

TP1

IN +24 IN LS IN 5 6 3 7

+24

C39 IN LS 8 4 +24 GND

REMOTE

Local remote Jumpers in Local Position

Cable A Cable B Cable C Cable C

WHT (PIN 3) Lighting Zone 1 BRN (PIN 27) +24 VDC GRN (PIN 21) Lighting Zone 2 BLK (PIN 2) Lighting Zone 3 RED (PIN 20) All Lighting ON/OFF ORN/BLK (PIN 24) Selected Lighting Raise GRN/BLK (PIN 37) +24 VDC RED/BLK (PIN 6) Selected Lighting Lower

Cable C Typically connects to entertainment devices

Cable B Typically connects to Nurse Call Stations

Note: Use only wiring supplied with the GG37P receptacle. Only the Greengate Patient Control Station shall be connected to a GG37P Receptacle

GG37P Greengate 37 Pin Receptacle

187 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Patient Room Controls

Venergy Advanced Metering Systems Visualizer/Dashboards

p. 188-193

Advanced Metering Web Application p.194-195 Network Gateways

Venergy Advanced Metering Systems


With global energy consumption on the rise and changes in utility billing methods, people everywhere are looking to minimize their energy usage through conservation and efficient design to reap economic and environmental benefits. A key to meeting this challenge is to understand when and how energy is consumed in a facility.

Lighting Control Panel Gateway Centralized Metering Gateway Distributed Metering Gateway Meters Distributed Power Meter Energy Meter Inputs Split Core Current Transformers CTs for Centralized Meters CTs for Distributed Meters

p.196-197 p.198-199 p.200-201 p.202-203

p.204-205 p.206-207

189

Venergy Advanced Metering System

What is an Advanced Metering System?


Standard Meter

The Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) defines what constitutes an advanced metering system to meet the requirements set forth in the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct 2005) for application in federal buildings. According to FEMP, the system should provide time differentiated energy usage data, and in the case of electricity, that measurement should occur at least once every hour. The system should be capable of delivering usage data from all meters in the system on a scheduled occurrence or on demand, on at least a daily basis.

Advanced Meters
8 3 0 4
KILOWATT HOURS
27 567 624

Advanced Metering System (AMS)


Meters Data Collection

KILOWATT HOURS

KILLOWATT-HOURS TOTAL
755125000.0 KWH
*PHASE [2]: < >

8 3 0 4
KILOWATT HOURS
27 567 624

62 4881 570661

17607709193

123549845146 305051

Revenue Grade Meter Measures the amount and direction of electrical energy flow
P3 P2 P1 COM
OA / OB / OC /

123549845146
305051

Data Storage

Output

WATTNODE
KILLOWATT-HOURS TOTAL

N
Status Status Status
OA / OB / OC /

755125000.0 KWH
*PHASE [2]: < >

CT

CT CT

Sub Meter Measures and records interval data (at least hourly for electricity) Communicates the data to a remote location Can be integrated with an Advanced Metering System

Data Output

Revenue Grade Meter


P3 P2 P1 COM
OA / OB / OC /

Output

WATTNODE
N
Status Status Status
OA / OB / OC /

CT

CT CT

Sub Meter

Collects time-differentiated energy usage data from advanced meters via a network system Communicates on-request or defined schedule basis Can support desired features and functionality related to energy-use management, procurement, and operations

Venergy Advanced Metering System

The Venergy Advanced Metering System provides a complete metering solution. From the lowest level metering devices to a host of user interfaces and data display options, Cooper Controls offers all the components and software necessary to create a total metering implementation built upon your building network infrastructure.

Energy Metering Inputs - Collects data or more specifically a current value rather than voltage resulting in a more stable measurement Energy Meters - Transforms energy data into metering information Energy Metering Gateways - Shares data with the hosted cloud computing server that manipulates and securely stores the data for years, providing useful, globally-accessible information Visualizers/Dashboards - Provides an energy consumption overview in an easy to understand interface Shares data with the hosted cloud computing server that manipulates and securely stores the data for years, providing useful, globally-accessible information

Visualizers/ Dashboards
Sony Dash iPad/iPhone PCs Televisions/Touchscreens

Internet
(Venergy Data System/ Cloud Computing)

Intranet/ Local Area Network (LAN)


Building Local Area Network

V-LCPG
Lighting Control Panel Gateway

V-DMG
Distributed Meter Gateway

V-CMG
Centralized Meter Gateway

Meters
Cooper Relay & Dimming Panels

Direct Connection to V-CMGs


WNB-3Y Power Meter

Metering Inputs

Relay and Dimming Card w/ Integral Metering

WNB-CTS Current Transformers

V-CMG-CTS Current Transformers

The Venergy Advanced Metering System is a complete energy monitoring solution from metering inputs through a host of user interfaces and data display options.

191

Venergy Advanced Metering System

Network Gateways

User Friendly Visualizers/ Dashboards

The Venergy Advanced Metering Application offers energy savings and promotes awareness by providing actual metered energy usage in real-time on any PC, Apple iPad and iPhone, Sony Dash, touchscreens, or Plasma/LCD display.

iPad and iPhone


Portable Information Receive mobile alerts Limited drill down capability Ideal for energy managers, students, and mobile persons

Venergy Application showing 24 hour views for the last month allowing quick identication of anomalies in day-today consumption.

Venergy Web Application


Secure Log In Access via Internet Detailed Analysis Reporting and Exporting Information Global Access across an organization Ideal for energy, nance, and educational analysis

Gadget for Sony Dash


Table Top Display Quick access to real time information with out being tethered to a PC Ideal for desk tops and personal work spaces

Venergy Advanced Metering Web Application

Real-time Power Metering Data


Get real-time dynamic alerts on-screen, and via text or email Instantly know up-to-the-minute utility costs
Accurately track costing and enable true projections

Know exactly how much youre spending and where

See the effect of your smarter efciency decisions and understand their impact

Cloud-based Web Application No Software to Maintain Venergy employs a hosted application service model to provide you with a fully managed solution, 24/7. Accessible View your information in real-time, at anytime, from anywhere. Automated Day-to-day data collection, analysis and reporting is fully-automated for you. Use pre-formatted reports to take immediate action to investigate and avert costs. Maintained With no software to maintain, your system is always up-to-date. Plus, youll have access to new features, immediately.

193

Venergy Advanced Metering System

Pro-actively monitor building top consumers

Track and reduce your carbon footprint

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

VNRG, Venergy Advanced Metering Web Application


Real-time power metering data collected by building(s), zone, floor, room, or circuit Trend analysis and historical comparatives All real-time and historical data available instantaneously User-configurable alerts and alarms Automatic alerting via email, text, or BMS Energy is translated into dollars and CO2 emissions 3% system accuracy (1% also achievable) Can include lighting, HVAC, plug loads (general purpose), photovoltaic, water, and gas Displays local weather conditions (optional) Allows you to verify power usage to obtain LEED Energy and Atmosphere Credit No. 5
Overview The Venergy Advanced Metering Web Application offers energy savings and promotes awareness by providing actual metered energy usage real-time on any PC, touchscreen, or Plasma/LCD display. Venergy offers web based output of real-time power usage captured directly by the Venergy Advanced Metering System. Description The Venergy Advanced Metering Web Application can provide entire building(s) monitoring or as granular as per circuit level and information is collected every 60 seconds. This conservation solution enables facilities owners and managers to easily display critical building information, track performance, manage and control resource consumption, reduce environmental impacts, and save money. Ordering See next/back page for Ordering details.

Requirement:
Venergy Advanced Metering System Any web browser Macromedia Flash Player 9 Annually renewable license

Wiring Diagrams

Venergy Advanced Metering Web Application

Ordering
VNRG - 100 5

Product VNRG Metering Inputs


5 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Subscription 1 - 1 year subscription 3 - 3 year subscription 5 - 5 year subscription

- Up to 25 - Up to 25 - Up to 50 - Up to 100 - Up to 250 - Up to 500 - Up to 1000

195 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Venergy Advanced Metering System - Visualizer/Dashboards

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

V-LCPG, Venergy Lighting Control Panel Gateway

Push data transmission requires no network reconfiguration DHCP or static IP assignment Web Server onboard Real-time clock with Battery Back Up Optional BACNET over IP integration UL, CE, and FCC certified
Overview The Venergy Lighting Control Panel Gateway provides a seamless connection to Greengate CKM, iLumin SCRP and SCUN lighting control panels to collect energy usage data that is then sent on to the Venergy Advanced Metering Web Application. Description The V-LCPG is a quick and simple way of providing access to the energy metered data that is collected by the Greengate CKM, iLumin SC-RP and SC-UN lighting control panels. The V-LCPG uses push data transmission that requires no network reconguration or via the onboard web server can be changed from DHCP to static IP assignment. The Venergy Lighting Control Panel Gateway provides network connectivity via Gigabit Ethernet. Ordering
Catalog # V-LCPG V-LCPG-BACNET Description Venergy Lighting Control Panel Gateway Venergy Lighting Control Panel Gateway with BACNET

Specifications:
Technology: 1.2 GHz operation 512MB of flash memory Power Requirements: Power input: 100-240 VAC/50-60 Hz Max. 20W, DC Consumption: 5V/3.0A Max. Dimensions: 4.3 x 2.74 x 1.9 (110mm x 69.5mm x 48.5mm)

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

Venergy Lighting Control Panel Gateway

197 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Venergy Advanced Metering System - Gateways

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

V-CMG, Venergy Centralized Metering Gateway


Monitor up to 83 branch circuits or any combination of single and three phase circuits 1% nominal accuracy Supports measurement and verification requirements for LEED, Energy Stars Portfolio Manager reporting and green retrofit incentive programs Push data transmission requires no network reconfiguration DHCP or static IP assignment Web Server onboard Options for pulse, analog, and serial input integration Optional BACnet over IP integration
Wiring Diagrams The Venergy Centralized Metering Gateway is a data concentrator and protocol translator that acquires data signals from a variety of sensor inputs (CTs, pulse, analog, and serial). It acquires data from the sensor(s) and sends it to the Venergy Advanced Metering System Web Application for synthesis and information display generation. Simple to install and ideal for new and retrot projects, the Venergy Centralized Metering Gateway requires three basic connections: sensor output leads, reference power from each phase of the monitored electricity and the LAN (RJ45). The V-CMG can be congured to monitor up to 83 branch circuits and with optional components can integrate pulse, analog, and serial data along with BACNET output options. Ordering
Venergy
V

Specifications:
Enclosure: Polycarbonate Enclosure Enclosure Ratings: UL Types 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, & 13 Size: V-CMG-3Y-208 (3 & 6): 12.5 H x 10.5 W x 6.75 D V-CMG-3Y-208 (19, 35, &51): 16.75 H x 14.7 W x 7.66 D V-CMG-3Y-208 (67 & 83): 18.75 H x 16.91 W x 10.1 D V-CMG-3Y-480/600: 18.75 H x 16.91 W x 10.1 D Note: Above dimensions does not include mounting brackets or hinge dimensions Electrical Data: Power Supply Input: 100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz Reference Voltages: Supports single, two, or three phase from 120-600 VAC (line-to-line) 50/60 HZ Internal Breaker Rating: 2A Communications: Ethernet Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 113F (0C - 45C) Relative humidity: 10% to 95% non condensing For indoor or Outdoor Use

Centralized Metering Gateway


CMG

3 Phase WYE
3Y

Phase to Phase
208

# of Circuits
3 6 19 51 67 83

Optional 8 Optional Pulse Inputs BACnet


P8 BACNET

Venergy
V

Centralized Metering Gateway


CMG

3 Phase WYE
3Y

Phase to Phase
480 600

# of Circuits
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30

Optional 8 Pulse Inputs


P8

Optional BACnet
BACNET

Wiring Diagrams

Venergy Centralized Metering Gateway

Current Transformers

Centralized Metering Gateway

Calibrated Split Core Current Transformers V-CMG-CTS-208120-0380-030

Amperage 30A 100A 200A 600A 5A 30A 100A 150A 200A 600A 5A 30A 100A 150A 200A 600A

Inner Diameter (inches) 0.38 0.62 0.91 0.91 0.36 0.36 0.75 0.75 1.25 2.00 0.36 0.36 0.75 0.75 1.25 2.00

V-CMG-3Y-208

V-CMG-CTS-208120-0620-100 V-CMG-CTS-208120-0910-200 V-CMG-CTS-208120-0910-600 V-CMG-CTS-480277-0360-005 V-CMG-CTS-480277-0360-030

V-CMG-3Y-480

V-CMG-CTS-480277-0750-100 V-CMG-CTS-480277-0750-150 V-CMG-CTS-480277-1250-200 V-CMG-CTS-480277-2000-600 V-CMG-CTS-600347-0360-005 V-CMG-CTS-600347-0360-030

V-CMG-3Y-600

V-CMG-CTS-600347-0750-100 V-CMG-CTS-600347-0750-150 V-CMG-CTS-600347-1250-200 V-CMG-CTS-600347-2000-600

Other sizes and bus bar current transformers available upon request.

199 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Venergy Advanced Metering System - Centralized Metering Gateways

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

V-DMG, Venergy Distributed Metering Gateway

Accepts up to 18 WNB-3Y Power Meters to collect energy usage data Supports measurement and verification requirements for LEED, Energy Stars Portfolio Manager reporting and green retrofit incentive programs Push data transmission requires no network reconfiguration DHCP or static IP assignment Web Server onboard Optional BACnet over IP integration
Overview The Venergy Distributed Metering Gateway provides a seamless connection to the WNB-3Y Power Meter to collect energy usage date that it sends to the Venergy Advanced Metering System Web Application for synthesis and information display generation. The Distributed Metering Gateway accepts up to eighteen pulse output WNB-3Y Power Meters. The WNB-3Y Power Meter accepts up to three current transformers. Thus, the Distributed Metering Gateway can accomodate up to fty-four metering inputs. Accessories WNB-3Y Power Meters Ordering
Venergy
V

Specifications:
Enclosure: Polycarbonate Enclosure Enclosure Ratings: UL Types 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, & 13 Size: V-DMG: 18.75 H x 16.91 W x 10.1 D Note: Above dimensions does not include mounting brackets or hinge dimensions Electrical Data: Power Supply Input: 100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz Pulse Inputs: Intended for use with isolated dry contact outputs 32bit pulse counter Internal Breaker Rating: 2A Communications: Ethernet Operating Environment: Temperature: 32F - 113F (0C - 45C) Relative humidity: 10% to 95% non condensing For Indoor or Outdoor Use

Distributed MeteringGateway
DMG

Pulse Inputs
P8 P16 P24 P32 P40 P48 P56

BACnetOption
BACNET

Wiring Diagrams

Venergy Distributed Metering Gateway

*not all lighting components shown

201 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Advanced Metering System - Distributed Metering Gateway

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

WNB-3Y, Power Meter

Accuracy 0.5% Line Powered (No external power supply) required Fits inside of standard electrical panels and junction boxes Available with enclosure
Optional Enclosure

Specifications:
Electrical: Line Powered Operating Voltage Range: +15%, -20% of nominal Power Line Frequency: 50/60 Hz CT Input: 0.333 VAC Pulse Output: Optoisolated, solid state relay closures handle up to maximum 60 VDC & to 5mA Standard: 4.00 Hz Bidirectional Output Accuracy: Normal Operation: Line voltage: 80% - 115% of nominal Power factor: 1.0 Frequency: 50- 60 Hz Ambient Temperature: 25C Current: 5% - 100% of rated current Accuracy: 0.5% of reading Environmental: Operating Temperature: -22F to 131F (-30C to + 55C) Operating Humidity: 5 to 90% (RH) Mechanical: Enclosure: High impact, UL rated, ABS plastic Connectors: UL, CSA recognized, detachable, screw terminals (14 AWG), 600V

Overview The Venergy Advanced Power Meter is designed and calibrated for use with WNB Current Transformers. As a part of the Venergy Advanced Metering System it is mainly intended for use to meter the distributed lighting control panels CK2, CK4, and CK4A. Ordering This is an accessory for the Venergy Advanced Metering System. When ordering specify the WNB-CTS split core current transformer as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # WNB-3Y-208-P-OPT-P3 WNB-3Y-208-P-OPT-P3-ENC WNB-3Y-480-P-OPT-P3 WNB-3Y-480-P-OPT-P3-ENC Description Power Power Power Power Meter, Pulse, for up to three 120V circuits Meter w/Enclosure, Pulse, for up to three 120V circuits Meter, Pulse, for up to three 277V circuits Meter w/Enclosure, Pulse, for up to three 277V circuits

Other meters available upon request. Provided by Continental Control Systems

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

WNB-3Y, Power Meter


HOT NEUTRAL GND

High Voltage Compartment

Low Voltage Compartment

Low Voltage Compartment

High Voltage Compartment

CK2

CK2

CK4 or CK4A
Home run to V-DMG Distributed Metering Gateway

P3 P2 P1 COMM A -CT B -CT C -CT

Power Meter (Pulse)

GND N A B C

*Note: The meter is getting its reference power from the same phase that the current transformers are metering.

Dimensions

5.63 (143 mm)

0.386 ( 9.8 mm)

8 x 10 x 4

5.0 (127 mm) 0.197 ( 5.0 mm)

1.50 (38 mm) High


Advanced Power Meter

203 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Venergy Advanced Metering System - Power Meters

3.37 (85.6 mm)

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

V-CMG-CTS, Split Core Current Transformers for Centralized Meters


Rated input from 5 to 600 Amps Accuracy 1% from 10% to 100% of rated current 8 ft. twisted-pair wire, 600 VAC rated UL & CE recognized for voltages up to 600 VAC Self-locking mechanism Hinged for easy one-handed operation
Overview The split core current transformers (CTs) are designed and calibrated for use with the Venergy Centralized Metering Gateway. Split core CTs have a removable section, so that they can be installed without interrupting the circuit. These devices are ideal for new construction or retrot projects where critical loads cannot be disconnected. Ordering This is an accessory for the Venergy Centralized Metering Gateway. These CTs are calibrated for use specically with the Venergy Centralized Metering Gateway. When ordering specify the split core current transformer as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # V-CMG-CTS-208120-0380-030 V-CMG-CTS-208120-0620-100 V-CMG-CTS-208120-0910-200 V-CMG-CTS-208120-0910-600 V-CMG-CTS-480277-0360-005 V-CMG-CTS-480277-0360-030 V-CMG-CTS-480277-0750-100 V-CMG-CTS-480277-0750-150 V-CMG-CTS-480277-1250-200 V-CMG-CTS-480277-2000-600 V-CMG-CTS-600347-0360-005 V-CMG-CTS-600347-0360-030 V-CMG-CTS-600347-0750-100 V-CMG-CTS-600347-0750-150 V-CMG-CTS-600347-1250-200 V-CMG-CTS-600347-2000-600 Voltage 208/120 208/120 208/120 208/120 480/277 480/277 480/277 480/277 480/277 480/277 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 Rated Amps 30A 100A 200A 600A 5A 30A 100A 150A 200A 600A 5A 30A 100A 150A 200A 600A Inside Diameter .38 in (9.6mm) .62 in (15.7mm) .91 in (23mm) .91 in (23mm) .36 in (9.1mm) .36 in (9.1mm) .75 in (19mm) .75 in (19mm) 1.25 in (31.7mm) 2.00 in (50.8mm) .36 in (9.1mm) .36 in (9.1mm) .75 in (19mm) .75 in (19mm) 1.25 in (31.7mm) 2.00 in (50.8mm) 30A 100A

Specifications:
Rated Amperage: Accuracy 1% from 10% to 100% of rated current Wire Specications: 8 ft. twisted pair, 600 VAC rated

Other sizes and bus bar current transformers available upon request.

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

V-CMG-CTS, Split Core Current Transformers

Sample One-Line

205 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Venergy Advanced Metering System - Energy Metering Inputs

Catalog # Project Comments Prepared by

Type

Date

WNB-CTS, Split Core Current Transformers for Distributed Meters


Rated input from 5 to 30 Amps Accuracy 1% from 10% to 100% of rated current 8 ft. twisted-pair wire, 600 VAC rated UL & CE recognized for voltages up to 600 VAC Self-locking mechanism guaranteed for 500 closings Hinged for easy one-handed operation

Specifications:
Rated Amperage: Accuracy 1% from 10% to 100% of rated current Wire Specications: 8 ft. and 200 ft. twisted pair, 600 VAC rated

Overview Cooper Controls split core current transformers (CTs) are designed and calibrated for use with the WNB Power Meter. Split core CTs have a removable section, so that they can be installed without interrupting the circuit. These devices are ideal for new construction or retrot projects where critical loads cannot be disconnected. Ordering This is an accessory for the Cooper Controls WNB Power Meter. It is not be to be used with any other power meter. When ordering, specify the split core current transformer as a separate system accessory.
Catalog # WNB-CTS-0360-005 WNB-CTS-0360-005-200 WNB-CTS-0360-030 WNB-CTS-0360-030-200 Description Split Split Split Split Core Core Core Core CT CT w/200 ft wire length CT CT w/200 ft wire length Rated Amps 5A 5A 30A 30A

Other sizes and bus bar current transformers available upon request. Provided by Continental Control Systems

UL Listed

Wiring Diagrams

WNB-CTS, Split Core Current Transformers


HOT NEUTRAL GND

High Voltage Compartment

Low Voltage Compartment

Low Voltage Compartment

High Voltage Compartment

CK2

CK2

CK4 or CK4A
Home run to V-DMG Distributed Metering Gateway

P3 P2 P1 COMM A -CT B -CT C -CT

Power Meter (Pulse)

GND N A B C

Dimensions
5A and 30A Models Dimensions inches (mm) 0.34 (8.7)

0.30 (7.5)

0.93 (23.6)

1.21 (30.7)

207 www.coopercontrol.com 800-553-3879

Venergy Advanced Metering System - Energy Meter Inputs

1.64 (41.8)

International 230V Market Overview

p. 208-211

International 230V Market


Flexible lighting network solutions that save you energy, time and money. Todays modern buildings demand integrated lighting control solutions to work efciently. Greengate Spectrum network solutions can be congured for a wide spectrum of applications from individual and open planned ofces through to the largest commercial spaces such as shopping centers and airports. Based on CANbus technology, Greengate Spectrum networks feature distributed intelligence, exible wiring strategies and fully programmable software features to deliver a tailored solution for your needs, maximizing energy efciency through the use of scheduling, occupancy, and daylighting strategies.

Edinburgh Council Headquarters Edinburgh, UK

Bolton College Bolton, UK

209

International 230 V Market

Spectrum Lighting Control System Architecture


Distributed Intelligence Rapid Payback Save Energy

Lighting Control for Energy Management

Flexible & Expandable Meet Legislation Save Money

Harvest Natural Daylight Simple Installation Reduce CO2 Emissions

1. Good Design To place the right lighting where it is needed, adding local controls and dividing circuits logically to maximize opportunities for energy efciency while retaining user comfort.

2. Sense Occupation Use sensors to dim or switch lights with presence or absence detectors when spaces are not always in use.

3. Control Intelligently Build timeclock programs by area, oor or building to tune lighting use to a daily or weekly schedule.

4. Work with Natural Daylight Mix articial light with available natural daylight to achieve target light levels through controlled luminance.

Flexible Solutions
Distributed Wiring

Match System Architecture to Space Requirements with Distributed and Centralized Solutions
Centralized Wiring
For a traditional centralized wiring strategy use DINrail devices to build into equipment cabinets placing control equipment close to power supplies. Ideal for retrofit, external lighting, highbay installations, plastered ceilings, historic buildings, and where suspended or wall mounted fittings are predominately used.

Using distributed pluggable or hardwired LCMs can save time, installation, and cable costs. Ideal for suspended ceilings, ceiling rafts, and chilled beam applications where the LCMs are placed close to the light fittings to eliminate the need for lengthy home run wiring. Use 2-part fix LCMs for second fix installation to protect equipment from site loss or damage.

Build networks between Area Controllers using CANbus or TCP I/P to deliver a comprehensive building wide lighting control solution with optional connectivity to external systems including BMS and A/V systems.

Group luminaires and sensors as required for logical working areas. Install control switches for local user control. Define circulation areas, corridors, and stairwells to be held on when the space is occupied. Activate controlled luminance to reduce artificial light where there is enough daylight. Supports ballast control by 1-10V, DSI, and broadcast or full addressable DALI. Choose dimming or switching strategies for each luminaire. Add a PC to monitor and revise configurations entirely in software when changes are needed. Activate emergency tests using key switches for security.

211

International 230 V Market

Catalog Number Index


Greengate Catalog Number
ACMP AIM AML* CEPC-120 CEPC-D-F-S-120 CK2 CK4 CK4A CKM 18, 36, 48 CKMB 18, 36, 48 CKT 16, 32, 48 DG2 Digital 1 Digital 5 DLC-PDC DLC-PD-DIM DLC-PD-IN* DMX GATEWAY DT2000-120 DT2000-277 EIM GATEWAY G5* GDS G20* G5T-D* GG37P GMDS GMT-* GMTL-N GPCS* KEEPER NW KEEPER SA KEY116 LCCP LCCNP LK4 LK8 LK16, 32 LRC * multiple catalog numbers 02-PCC 01-PDI 01-PCI

Previous Novitas Number


04-011

Page Number
100 74 56 66 66 30 28 26 20 22 24 46 46 46 178 176 174 79 150 150 72 78 58 44 58 58 186 48 50 50 184 60 60 52 81 81 38 36 34 40

Greengate Catalog Number


LRM* LSC MAIN-Key MOM-Key MRC OAWC-DT-120W OAWC-P-120W OAWC-P-009L-H ODC-U-0501 ODC-U-2000 ODC-U-0100-H ODC-U-1001 OEC-U-1001 OEC-U-0100 OEC-U-0501-H OEC-U-0051-32 OEC-U-1500-AF OEC-U-0701-AF OEC-U-2000 OMC-DT-2000-R OMC-U-2000 ONW-D-1001-DMV ONW-D-1001-DMV-N ONW-D-1001-MV-* ONW-D-1001-MV-N-* ONW-D-1001-RR7-* ONW-D-1001-SP-* ONW-D-1001-D347-* ONW-P-1001-D347-* ONW-P-1001-347-* ONW-P-1001-DMV-* ONW-P-1001-MV-* ONW-P-1001-SP-* ONW-P-1001-RR7-* OEF-P-2MH0-MV-B6 OEF-P-2MH0-MV-B OEF-P-2MHO-MV-S OMC-DT-0701-R OMC-P-0450-R OMC-U-0501

Previous Novitas Number

Page Number
64 70 52 52 40 132 134 134

01-160-40 01-110-32 01-190-32 01-100-32 01-072-32

142 142 142 142 142 144

01-060-40 01-060-32 01-087-27 01-077-27 01-083-32 01-30-BAS 01-111-32

144 144 146 146 144 140 138 106 108 102 104 110 112 102 116 114 116 114 120 118

01-362 01-361 01-360 01-310-BAS 01-510-BAS 01-161-40

162 162 162 140 136 138

Catalog Number Index


Greengate Catalog Number
OMC-U-1001-R OMR-P-1200-R OSW-P-0451-347-W OSW-P-0451-DMV-* OSW-U-0721-MV-* OXC-P-1500-R OXC-P-2MH0-R PC-I* PIR-1500-120-347 PPS-5 RIM* RPTR RS232-RS239* SERIAL MODEM SLRC SOFT EM* SOFT VS SOFT VT SOFT VT Screens SP15-347 SP20-MV SP20-240 SPD20-MV-NO SPR347 SRC SLRC SRM NO SSRC NO STPRC NO TK16, 32 TIM TPR208 TPR480 TPRC TPRM NO TSW-MV US1500-120 US1500-277 US2000-120 US2000-277 USB MODEM V-CMG * multiple catalog numbers 05-030 13-061 13-051 13-071

Previous Novitas Number


01-101-BAS-32 01-531-BAS 01-440 01-DL401 01-250 01-340-BAS 01-341-BAS

Page Number
138 136 126 124 128 148 148 174 152 172 68 82 54 80 32 63 62 61 61 158 158 158 160 40 40 32 40 32 32 42 76 40 40 40 40 130 154 154 156 156 80 198

Greengate Catalog Number


V-CMG-CTS* V-DMG V -LCPG VNLW-P-1001-MV-N-* VNRG WEIM WNB-3Y* WNB-CTS* XRC

Previous Novitas Number

Page Number
204 200 196 122 194 72 202 204 40

212

www.coopercontrol.com

800-553-3879

Catalog Number Index

Using this paper versus standard paper produced the following environmental benefits.
10% PCRF

Based on Environmental Defense Fund Paper Calculator


Number of Trees Saved 26

Total Energy Saved Million BTUs

10.5

Greenhouse Gas Reduction lbs of CO2

19,001

Gallons of Water Saved

11,749

Solid Waste Reduction lbs of Waste

745

Kilo-watt (kwh) Hours Saved

9,008

North America Headquarters 203 Cooper Circle Peachtree City, GA 30269

Service & Support Center 6 Green Tree Drive South Burlington, VT 05403

International Headquarters Usk House, Lakeside Llantarnam Park Cwmbran, NP44 3HD. UK P: +44 (0)1923 495495 F: +44 (0)1633 867880 www.coopercontrol.com enquiries@coopercontrols.co.uk

P: 800-553-3879 F: 800-954-7016 www.coopercontrol.com ControlsSales@cooperindustries.com

P: 800-553-3879 F: 800-954-7016

Canada 5925 McLaughlin Road Mississauga, Ontario L5R 1B8

P: 905-507-4000 F: 905-568-7049

Cooper Industries, Ltd. 600 Travis, Ste. 5800 Houston, TX 77002-1001 P: 713-209-8400 www.cooperindustries.com

Cooper Controls, Greengate, Novitas, Yes Box, PCI Lighting Control Systems, VisionTouch, VisionSwitch, MicroSet, Digita, ControlKeeper, LiteKeeper, NeoSwitch, AnalogKeeper, TracKeeper, IntelliRelay are valuable trademarks of Cooper Industries in the U.S and other countries. You are not permitted to use Cooper Trademarks without the prior written consent of Cooper Industries.

ACC110123

Printed in U.S.A.

Potrebbero piacerti anche